1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17817 14124))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17817 13973))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17817 13969))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17817 16160))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17817 13982))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17817 15485))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17817 16945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17817 15940))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17713 5989))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17778 50472))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17817
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17817 13973))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17817 13973))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17817 13973))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17611 8435))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1665 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1667 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1668 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1670 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1671 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1679 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17817 13974))
1680 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1682 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1683 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1684 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1686 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1688 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1690 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1691 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1692 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1693 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1695 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1696 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1697 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1699 Effects of the different modes:
1700 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1701 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1702 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1703 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1704 a random distance & direction.
1705 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1706 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1707 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1709 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1711 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1712 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1713 definition of \"random distance\".)
1715 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1720 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1723 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1724 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1726 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1727 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1731 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1732 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1733 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1734 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1736 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1738 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1740 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1745 ;;;;;; (17778 50472))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1747 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1749 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1750 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1751 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1752 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1756 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1757 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1758 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1761 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1763 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1765 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1766 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1767 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1768 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1769 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1776 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1777 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1780 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1781 Time execution of FORMS.
1782 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1783 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1785 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1786 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1787 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1791 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1792 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1793 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1794 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1795 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1797 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1799 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1800 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1801 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1802 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1803 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1805 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1809 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17817
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1813 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1814 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1816 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1818 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1819 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1820 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1821 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1823 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1824 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1825 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1826 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1827 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1829 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1830 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1833 Special information:
1835 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1837 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1838 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1839 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1840 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1841 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1842 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1843 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1846 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1847 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1849 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1850 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1851 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1852 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1853 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1854 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1855 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1856 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1858 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1860 ----------------------------------------------------------
1861 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1862 if that value is non-nil.
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1871 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1872 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1875 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1877 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1878 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1879 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1881 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1884 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1889 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1895 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1899 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1901 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1905 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1906 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1907 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1908 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1909 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1914 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1915 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1918 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1921 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1922 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1924 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1925 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1927 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1928 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1929 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1930 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1931 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1932 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1936 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1938 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1939 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1940 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1941 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1943 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1944 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1945 denoted by the letter `R'.
1947 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1948 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1949 denoted by the letter `H'.
1951 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1954 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1955 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1956 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1957 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1958 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1959 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1962 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1963 degree deflection it causes.
1966 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1969 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1976 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1977 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1990 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1991 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1992 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1993 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1994 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1995 emerging from the box.
1997 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2004 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2015 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
2019 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2024 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2025 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2026 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2027 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2028 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2029 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2030 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2044 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2045 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2046 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2047 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2048 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2049 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2050 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2051 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2054 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2055 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2056 yank successive words.
2058 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2059 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2060 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2061 name of the file being visited.
2063 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2064 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2065 the list of bookmarks.)
2067 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2070 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2076 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2077 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2078 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2079 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2084 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2085 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2086 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2087 after a bookmark was set in it.
2089 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2091 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2092 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2093 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2094 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2096 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2098 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2101 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2102 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2103 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2105 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2106 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2107 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2109 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2110 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2113 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2115 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2116 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2117 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2118 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2119 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2122 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2124 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2125 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2126 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2127 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2128 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2129 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2130 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2131 probably because we were called from there.
2133 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2136 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2137 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2141 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2142 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2143 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2147 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2148 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2149 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2150 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2151 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2153 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2154 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2155 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2156 `bookmark-default-file'.
2158 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2160 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2161 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2162 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2163 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2164 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2167 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2168 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2169 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2170 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2171 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2174 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2175 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2176 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2177 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2179 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2181 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2182 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2189 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2191 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2193 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2195 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2199 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2208 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17817 13984))
2209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2211 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2212 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2213 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2214 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2216 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2217 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2218 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2219 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2220 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2222 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2224 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2225 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2227 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2229 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2230 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2232 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2241 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2242 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2243 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2244 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2246 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2248 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2249 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2250 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2251 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2256 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2257 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2264 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2268 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2269 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2273 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2275 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2282 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2283 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2284 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2289 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2290 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point.
2293 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2294 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2295 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2296 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2299 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2302 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2303 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2305 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2307 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2308 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2310 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2313 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2318 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2319 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2329 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2337 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2338 new tab in an existing window instead.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2347 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2348 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2351 When called interactively, if variable
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2353 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2354 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2358 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2359 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2362 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2365 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2366 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2367 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2368 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2369 URL in a new window.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2376 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2384 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2385 new tab in an existing window instead.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2395 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2399 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2400 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2412 program is invoked according to the variable
2413 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2428 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2437 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2438 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2446 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2451 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2452 Default to the URL around or before point.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point.
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2462 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2465 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2471 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2472 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2479 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2480 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2487 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2491 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2492 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2506 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2507 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2508 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2509 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2514 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2515 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2525 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2526 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2527 don't offer a form of remote control.
2529 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2533 Default to the URL around or before point.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17817
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2543 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2544 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2548 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2549 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2556 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17817 16161))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2559 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2560 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2561 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2562 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2566 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2567 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2568 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2569 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2573 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2574 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2590 name of buffer configuration.
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2597 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2601 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2602 Keymap used by buttons.")
2604 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2605 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2606 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2608 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2609 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2610 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2611 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2612 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2613 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2617 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2618 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2620 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2623 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2632 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2635 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2642 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2644 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2646 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2647 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2648 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2649 specifying properties to add to the button.
2650 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2651 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2652 `define-button-type'.
2654 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2655 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2656 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2661 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2663 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2664 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2665 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2666 specifying properties to add to the button.
2667 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2668 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2669 `define-button-type'.
2671 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2672 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2673 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2674 `insert-text-button'.
2676 Also see `make-text-button'.
2678 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2683 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2685 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2686 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17778 50473))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2688 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2691 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2696 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2698 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2700 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2702 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2703 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2704 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2705 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2707 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2708 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2709 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2710 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2711 whether to compile it.
2713 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2715 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2716 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2718 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2719 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2722 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2723 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2724 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2725 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2727 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2729 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2730 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2731 Print the result in the echo area.
2732 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2736 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2737 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2738 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2740 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2742 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2743 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2744 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2745 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2746 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2747 all functions called by those functions.
2749 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2750 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2753 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2754 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2755 invoked interactively.
2757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2759 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2760 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2761 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2762 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2766 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2767 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2768 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2769 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2770 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2771 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2772 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2775 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2777 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2778 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2779 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2780 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2782 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2783 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2784 and corresponding effects.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17817 16161))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2793 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2795 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2803 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2804 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2805 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2806 from the cursor position.
2808 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2812 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2813 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2814 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2815 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
2816 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2818 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2819 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2821 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2822 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2824 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2830 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2832 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2835 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2837 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2840 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2844 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2845 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2846 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2847 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2849 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2851 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2852 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2853 This is most useful in the X window system.
2854 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2855 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2857 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2859 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2860 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2861 See calc-keypad for details.
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2866 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2868 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2870 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2871 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2876 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2878 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2880 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2881 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2882 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2884 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2886 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2889 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2893 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2895 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2897 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2898 Run the Emacs calculator.
2899 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2906 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2907 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2909 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2910 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2911 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2912 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2913 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2914 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2915 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2916 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2917 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2918 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2920 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2921 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2922 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17817 16151))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2925 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2926 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2927 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2928 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2931 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2933 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2934 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2935 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2936 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2937 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2938 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2940 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2942 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2943 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2944 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2948 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2949 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2950 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2955 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2956 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2959 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2961 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2962 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2963 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2965 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2967 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2968 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2969 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2971 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2973 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2975 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2976 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2977 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2979 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2982 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2984 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2985 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2986 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2988 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2991 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2993 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2994 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2995 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2997 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3000 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3002 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3003 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3004 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3006 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3008 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3010 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3011 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3012 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3014 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3016 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3017 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3018 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3019 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3020 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3021 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3022 a function is also provided for this:
3023 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3025 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3026 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3027 date is not visible in the window.
3029 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3030 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3031 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3033 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3035 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3036 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3038 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3039 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3040 date is visible in the window.
3042 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3043 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3044 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3046 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3048 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3049 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3053 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3055 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3057 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3059 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3060 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3062 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3063 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3071 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3072 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3073 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3074 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3075 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3076 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3077 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3078 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3079 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3080 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3081 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3082 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3085 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3086 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3087 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3088 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3096 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3097 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3099 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3100 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3101 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3102 window but will appear in a diary window.
3104 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3105 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3107 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3108 entries (in the default American style):
3110 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3111 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3112 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3114 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3115 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3116 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3117 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3118 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3119 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3120 &* 15 time cards due.
3122 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3123 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3124 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3128 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3129 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3130 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3131 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3132 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3133 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3135 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3136 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3137 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3139 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3141 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3143 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3144 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3145 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3146 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3147 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3148 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3149 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3150 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3151 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3152 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3155 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3156 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3157 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3158 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3159 documentation for these functions for details.
3161 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3162 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3167 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3174 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3177 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3179 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3181 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3182 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3184 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3186 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3187 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3188 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3190 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3192 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3193 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3194 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3196 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3198 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3199 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3200 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3201 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3204 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3206 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3207 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3208 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3209 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3218 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3219 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3220 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3223 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3224 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3225 `american-calendar'.")
3227 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3229 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3230 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3231 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3239 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3241 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3242 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3243 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3251 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3253 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3254 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3255 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3256 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3257 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3258 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3260 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3262 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3263 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3264 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3266 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3267 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3268 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3271 #include \"filename\"
3273 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3274 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3275 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3276 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3277 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3279 For example, you could use
3281 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3282 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3283 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3285 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3286 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3287 lexicographic order.")
3289 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3291 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3292 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3293 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3295 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3297 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3299 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3302 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3303 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3304 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3305 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3306 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3307 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3308 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3310 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3311 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3312 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3313 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3314 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3315 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3316 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3317 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3319 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3321 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3323 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3324 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3325 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3326 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3327 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3329 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3331 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3332 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3334 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3335 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3336 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3338 #include \"filename\"
3339 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3340 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3341 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3342 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3343 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3347 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3348 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3349 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3350 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3351 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3352 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3353 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3355 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3358 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3362 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3364 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3365 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3366 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3367 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3368 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3370 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3372 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3375 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3376 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3380 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3388 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3394 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3396 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3399 User defined holidays.
3400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3402 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3410 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3412 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3416 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3418 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3420 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3422 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3428 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3430 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3436 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3438 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3440 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3444 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3446 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3448 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3450 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3452 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3454 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3455 Sun-related holidays.
3456 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3458 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3460 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3462 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3463 The frame setup of the calendar.
3464 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3465 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3466 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3467 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3468 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3470 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3472 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3473 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3474 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3476 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3477 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3481 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3482 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3483 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3485 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3486 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3487 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3488 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3490 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3495 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3498 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3499 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3501 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3503 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3504 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3505 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17817
3514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3515 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3520 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
3521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3523 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3524 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3531 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3532 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
3533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3535 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3536 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3537 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3538 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3539 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3540 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3541 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3543 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3545 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3546 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3547 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3554 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3555 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3556 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3557 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3558 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3559 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3561 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3563 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3564 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3571 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3572 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3574 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3575 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3576 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3577 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3578 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3579 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3582 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3584 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3585 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3592 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3593 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3594 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3596 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3597 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3598 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3599 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3600 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3601 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3604 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3606 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3607 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3614 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3615 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3616 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3618 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3619 Major mode for editing Java code.
3620 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3621 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3622 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3623 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3626 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3628 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3629 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3636 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3637 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3640 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3641 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3642 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3643 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3644 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3645 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3648 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3650 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3651 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3658 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3659 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3660 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3661 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3663 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3664 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3665 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3666 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3667 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3668 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3671 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3673 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3674 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3681 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3690 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17817 13957))
3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3693 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3694 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3695 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3696 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3698 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3700 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3701 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3704 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3705 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3706 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3707 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3711 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3712 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3713 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3716 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3718 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3719 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3720 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3721 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3723 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3725 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3726 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3727 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3729 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3731 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3732 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3733 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3734 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3735 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3737 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3744 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17817 13957))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3750 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3751 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3756 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3757 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3758 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3761 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3762 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3764 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3766 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3767 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3769 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3771 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3772 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3774 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3775 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3776 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3777 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3780 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3782 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3784 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3785 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3787 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3788 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3792 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3793 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3794 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3795 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3796 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3799 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3800 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3801 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3802 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3804 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3805 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3810 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3812 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3815 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3816 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3818 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3819 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3820 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3823 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3825 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3826 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3827 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3829 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3831 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3833 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3834 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3836 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3840 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3842 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3844 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3845 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3848 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3849 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3852 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3854 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3855 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3856 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3857 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3858 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3859 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3860 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3861 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3862 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3863 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3864 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3865 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3866 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3867 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3868 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3869 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3872 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3873 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3875 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3876 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3878 | (write EXPRESSION)
3879 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3880 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3883 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3886 ;; Same as: (write string)
3888 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3889 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3890 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3893 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3894 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3895 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3896 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3897 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3898 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3900 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3901 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3903 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3906 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3907 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3908 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3910 ARG := REG | integer
3913 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3916 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3919 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3923 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3928 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3933 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3936 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3937 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3939 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3940 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3944 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3945 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3948 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3949 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3951 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3954 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3958 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3959 ;; Same meaning as C code
3960 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3962 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3967 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3971 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3972 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3976 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3980 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3981 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3984 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3985 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3986 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3988 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3989 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3990 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3991 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3992 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3995 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3997 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3998 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3999 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4000 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4001 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4002 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4004 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4006 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4007 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4008 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4010 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4012 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4017 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4020 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4021 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4022 There are no special keybindings by default.
4024 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4025 to the action header.
4031 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4032 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4039 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
4040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4044 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4045 the users will view as each check is completed.
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4051 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4052 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4053 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4054 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4055 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4056 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4058 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4060 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4061 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4062 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4063 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4064 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4065 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4066 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4067 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4069 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4071 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4072 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4073 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4074 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4075 spacing are all verified.
4079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4080 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4081 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4082 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4083 otherwise stop after the first error.
4085 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4087 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4088 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4089 Only documentation strings are checked.
4090 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4099 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4100 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4107 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4115 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4117 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4119 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4121 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4122 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4123 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4129 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4130 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4131 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4135 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4136 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4137 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4138 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4139 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4140 space at the end of each line.
4142 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4144 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4145 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4146 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4147 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4149 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4151 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4152 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4153 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4154 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4156 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4159 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4160 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4161 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4163 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4165 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4166 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4167 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4168 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4170 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4173 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4174 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4175 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4177 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4180 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4181 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4182 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4184 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4186 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4187 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4188 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4189 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4191 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4194 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4195 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4196 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4198 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4201 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4202 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4205 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4207 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4208 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4209 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4211 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4212 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4213 checking of documentation strings.
4215 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4222 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17817
4224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4226 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4227 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4228 Return the length of resulting text.
4230 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4237 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4238 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4239 Return the length of resulting text.
4241 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4251 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17817 13974))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4254 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4255 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4256 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4257 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4258 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4259 editing and the result is evaluated.
4261 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4263 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4267 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4269 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4273 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4274 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4275 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4276 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4277 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4279 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4280 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4281 \\{command-history-map}
4283 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4284 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17817 13982))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4293 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4294 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4295 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4296 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4297 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4298 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4300 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4301 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4305 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4306 ;;;;;; (17778 49129))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4309 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4312 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4316 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4317 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4320 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4321 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4322 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4323 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4325 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4326 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4327 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4328 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4330 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4331 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4333 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17817
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4341 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4342 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4343 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4344 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4345 of `scheme-program-name').
4346 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4347 it is given as initial input.
4348 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4349 discards input when it starts up.
4350 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4355 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4359 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4360 ;;;;;; (17817 14139))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4363 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4364 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4365 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4366 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4367 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4369 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4371 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4420 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4421 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17817 15477))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4424 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4425 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4426 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4429 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4430 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4431 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4432 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4434 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4436 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4437 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4438 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4442 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4448 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4454 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4455 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4457 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4458 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4459 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4461 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4462 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4473 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4478 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4479 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4480 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
4481 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4483 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4484 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4485 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4486 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4487 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4488 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4489 functions have already modified the buffer.
4491 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4493 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4494 either globally or locally.")
4496 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4498 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4499 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4500 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4501 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4502 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4503 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4504 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4505 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4507 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4509 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4511 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4512 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4513 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4514 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4515 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4516 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4517 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4518 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4520 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4522 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4524 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4525 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4526 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4527 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4528 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4529 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4531 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4533 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4534 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4535 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4536 directory tracking functions.")
4538 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4539 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4540 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4542 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4544 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4546 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4547 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4548 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4550 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4552 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4554 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4555 Send COMMAND to current process.
4556 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4557 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4559 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4561 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4562 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4563 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4564 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4566 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4570 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17817
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4574 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4575 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4576 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4577 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4579 This command pushes the mark in each window
4580 at the prior location of point in that window.
4581 If both windows display the same buffer,
4582 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4583 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4585 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4586 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4587 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4588 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4589 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4590 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4591 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4594 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4595 this command work in interlaced mode:
4596 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4597 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4598 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4600 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4605 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4606 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4607 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4608 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17778 50475))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4611 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4612 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4614 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4616 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4617 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4619 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4621 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4622 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4623 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4624 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4625 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4626 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4627 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4629 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4630 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4631 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4632 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4633 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4635 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4636 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4637 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4638 describing how the process finished.")
4640 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4641 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4642 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4643 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4645 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4646 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4647 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4649 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4651 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4652 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4653 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4654 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4658 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4659 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4661 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4662 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4664 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4666 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4667 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4668 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4669 (concat \"make -k \"
4670 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4672 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4673 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4675 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4676 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4677 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4678 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4680 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4682 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4683 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4684 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4685 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4687 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4688 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4690 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4691 and move to the source code that caused it.
4693 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4694 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4695 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4696 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4698 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4699 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4700 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4701 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4704 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4705 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4706 to a function that generates a unique name.
4708 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4710 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4711 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4712 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4713 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4715 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4716 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4717 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4718 to determine the buffer name.
4720 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4721 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4722 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4724 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4726 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4728 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4729 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4730 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4731 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4732 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4734 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4736 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4738 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4740 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4741 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4742 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4743 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4744 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4745 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4751 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4752 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4753 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4754 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4755 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4759 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4760 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4761 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4763 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4765 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4769 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4770 ;;;;;; (17817 13974))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4773 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4774 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4775 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4778 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4780 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4782 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4783 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4784 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4786 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4787 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4788 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4789 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4791 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4792 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4793 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4794 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4796 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4797 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4798 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4799 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4801 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4802 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4803 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4804 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4805 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4811 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4812 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4815 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4816 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4817 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4820 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4822 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4824 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4825 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4831 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4832 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4833 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4834 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17817 15477))
4835 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4837 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4838 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4839 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4840 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4843 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4845 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4846 | | 1:tc or top-center
4847 | | 2:tr or top-right
4848 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4849 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4850 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4851 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4852 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4853 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4855 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4856 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4857 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4858 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4861 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4862 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4863 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4865 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4869 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4873 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4876 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4877 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4878 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4879 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4881 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4883 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4884 Compose characters in the current region.
4886 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4887 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4889 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4891 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4892 specifying the region.
4894 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4895 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4896 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4898 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4899 of the text in the region.
4901 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4903 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4904 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4905 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4906 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4908 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4909 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4912 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4913 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4914 text in the composition.
4916 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4918 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4919 Decompose text in the current region.
4921 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4922 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4926 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4927 Compose characters in string STRING.
4929 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4930 the characters in it.
4932 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4933 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4934 STRING respectively.
4936 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4937 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4938 `compose-region' for more detail.
4940 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4941 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4942 text in the composition.
4944 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4946 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4947 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4949 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4951 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4952 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4953 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4954 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4955 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4956 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4957 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4958 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4960 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4962 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4963 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4965 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4966 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4968 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4969 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4971 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4972 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4974 If no composition is found, return nil.
4976 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4977 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4979 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4980 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4981 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4983 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4985 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4987 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4988 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4989 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4991 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4993 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4995 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4997 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4998 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5000 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5001 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5002 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5003 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5004 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5005 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5006 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5009 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5011 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5012 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5014 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5016 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5017 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5019 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5021 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5023 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5024 Compose last characters.
5025 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5026 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5027 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5028 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5029 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5030 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5031 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5032 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5033 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5034 after a sequence of character events.
5037 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5039 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5040 Convert CHAR to string.
5042 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5043 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5044 vector of CHAR respectively.
5045 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5047 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5049 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5053 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5054 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5056 ;;;;;; (17713 5992))
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5059 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5060 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5061 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5062 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5063 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5064 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5065 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5067 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5068 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5069 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5071 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5072 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5073 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5075 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5076 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5077 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5078 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5080 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5081 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5082 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5083 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5084 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5085 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5086 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5092 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5094 Comments start with `#'.
5095 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5097 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5107 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5108 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5109 Comments start with `;'.
5110 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5112 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5114 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5115 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5116 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5118 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5119 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5123 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5124 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5125 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5126 between `/*' and `*/'.
5127 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5129 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5130 // another kind of comment
5142 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5143 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5144 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5145 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5146 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5147 `conf-space-keywords'.
5148 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5149 in an interactive fashion instead.
5151 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5153 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5155 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5159 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5161 # Standard multimedia devices
5162 add /dev/audio desktop
5163 add /dev/mixer desktop
5167 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5168 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5169 See `conf-space-mode'.
5171 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5173 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5174 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5175 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5176 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5178 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5180 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5181 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5185 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5186 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5187 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5188 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5190 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5192 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5193 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5197 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5198 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5199 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5200 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5202 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5212 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17817 14124))
5213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5215 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5216 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5217 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5218 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5220 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5222 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5223 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5230 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5231 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5232 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5237 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5239 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5244 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5247 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5248 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5249 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5250 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5251 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5252 following the copyright are updated as well.
5253 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5256 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5258 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5259 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5260 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5264 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5265 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5267 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5271 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5272 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17817 13977))
5273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5275 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5276 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5277 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5278 Tab indents for Perl code.
5279 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5280 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5282 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5283 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5284 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5285 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5286 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5287 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5288 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5289 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5290 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5291 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5292 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5293 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5295 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5297 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5298 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5300 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5302 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5303 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5304 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5305 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5306 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5307 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5308 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5309 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5310 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5312 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5316 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5317 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5318 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5321 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5322 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5323 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5325 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5327 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5328 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5329 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5330 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5331 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5333 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5343 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5344 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5345 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5346 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5347 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5348 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5349 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5350 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5351 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5352 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5353 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5354 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5355 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5357 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5358 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5359 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5360 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5361 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5362 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5364 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5365 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5368 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5369 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5370 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5371 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5372 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5374 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5375 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5376 span the needed amount of lines.
5378 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5379 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5380 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5381 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5383 Variables controlling indentation style:
5384 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5385 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5386 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5387 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5388 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5389 `cperl-auto-newline'
5390 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5391 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5392 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5393 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5394 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5396 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5397 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5398 `cperl-indent-level'
5399 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5400 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5401 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5402 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5403 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5404 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5405 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5406 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5407 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5408 `cperl-brace-offset'
5409 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5410 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5411 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5412 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5413 `cperl-label-offset'
5414 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5415 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5416 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5418 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5419 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5420 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5421 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5422 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5423 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5425 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5426 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5427 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5428 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5430 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5431 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5432 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5433 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5434 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5435 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5437 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5438 column 0 is indented on
5439 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5441 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5444 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5445 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5446 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5450 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5451 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5455 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5456 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5463 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5466 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5467 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5468 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5469 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5470 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5474 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5475 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5485 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5486 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5487 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5488 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5491 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5493 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5495 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5496 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5497 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5506 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5509 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5510 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5511 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5512 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5514 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5515 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5516 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5517 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5519 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5520 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5521 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5523 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5524 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5527 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5528 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5529 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5531 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5533 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5534 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5535 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5537 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5541 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (17817 13978))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5545 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5546 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5547 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5550 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5552 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5554 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5555 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5556 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5557 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5558 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5560 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5561 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5562 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5563 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5564 function of these prefix keys.
5566 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5567 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5569 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5570 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5571 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5573 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5574 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5575 the prefix fallback behavior.
5577 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5578 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5579 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5580 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5584 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5585 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5588 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5589 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5590 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5591 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5592 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5593 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5594 (if user-init-file (concat
5595 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5596 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5600 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5601 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5602 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5603 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5604 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5605 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5607 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5608 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5609 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5610 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5613 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5614 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5616 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5619 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5621 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5623 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5624 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5626 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5627 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5629 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5632 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5633 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5635 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5636 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5638 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5642 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5643 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5644 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5646 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5647 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5649 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5650 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5652 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5653 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5655 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5656 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5658 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5660 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5662 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5663 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5666 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5667 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5669 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5670 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5672 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5673 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5676 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5684 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5685 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5686 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5690 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5692 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5693 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5697 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5698 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5702 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5703 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5707 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5709 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5710 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5712 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5714 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5716 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5717 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5718 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5720 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5722 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5723 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5724 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5725 as part of Emacs itself.
5727 Each elements looks like this:
5729 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5731 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5732 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5733 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5734 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5735 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5736 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5737 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5740 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5742 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5743 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5744 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5748 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5749 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5750 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5751 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5753 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5755 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5756 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5757 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5758 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5759 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5761 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5762 that were added or redefined since that version.
5764 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5766 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5767 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5768 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5769 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5771 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5772 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5774 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5776 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5777 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5778 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5780 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5781 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5783 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5785 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5790 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5791 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5795 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5796 Customize all already saved user options.
5800 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5801 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5802 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5803 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5804 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5805 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5806 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5807 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5809 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5811 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5812 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5813 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5814 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5816 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5818 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5819 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5826 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5828 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5830 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5831 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5832 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5835 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5837 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5838 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5839 The result includes selecting that window.
5840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5845 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5847 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5848 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5850 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5852 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5853 File used for storing customization information.
5854 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5855 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5856 it should be an absolute file name.
5858 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5859 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5860 something like the following in your init file:
5862 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5865 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5866 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5868 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5869 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5870 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5871 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5872 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5874 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5875 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5876 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5877 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5878 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5879 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5880 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5881 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5882 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5883 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5885 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5887 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5888 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5892 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5893 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5897 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5898 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5899 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5901 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5903 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5904 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5905 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5906 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5907 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5909 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5914 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5917 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5918 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5920 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5922 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5923 Alist of face attributes.
5925 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5926 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5927 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5928 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5929 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5930 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5932 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5933 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5934 customization type TYPE).
5936 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5937 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5938 given face attribute.")
5940 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5941 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5942 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5943 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5945 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5947 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5948 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5949 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5950 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5951 between themes and faces.
5952 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5954 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5955 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5957 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5959 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5960 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5961 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5965 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5967 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5969 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5970 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5971 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5973 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5977 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5979 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5984 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5987 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5988 Create a custom theme.
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5995 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5998 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5999 Mode used for cvs status output.
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6006 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6009 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6010 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6012 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6013 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6014 C++ modes are included.
6016 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6020 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6024 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6028 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6029 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6030 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6032 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6034 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
6036 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17817 14143))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17817
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17611
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6412 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6414 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6416 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6417 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6418 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6421 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6422 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6423 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6431 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17817 13982))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6434 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6435 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6437 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6439 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6440 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6441 or nil if there is no parent.
6442 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6443 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6444 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6445 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6446 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6448 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6449 arguments are currently understood:
6451 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6452 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6454 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6455 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6457 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6458 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6460 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6462 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6464 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6465 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6466 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6468 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6469 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6471 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6472 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6473 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6475 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6476 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6478 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6479 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6481 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6483 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6485 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6486 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6487 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6488 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6489 the first time the mode is used.
6491 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6496 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17817 13959))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6499 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6500 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6501 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6502 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6503 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6506 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6508 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6509 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6510 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6511 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6512 character composition information (if relevant),
6513 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6521 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6522 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17713 5989))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6525 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6526 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6527 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6529 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6531 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6532 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6533 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6534 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6535 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6536 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6540 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6541 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6542 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6543 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6545 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6547 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6548 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6549 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6551 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6552 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6553 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6555 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6556 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6558 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6559 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6560 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6562 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6563 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6564 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6565 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6567 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6569 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6570 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6572 Handlers are called with argument list
6574 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6576 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6578 desktop-file-version
6579 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6580 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6581 desktop-buffer-point
6583 desktop-buffer-read-only
6584 desktop-buffer-locals
6586 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6587 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6589 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6592 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6594 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6595 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6597 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6599 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6601 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6602 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6603 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6604 List elements must have the form
6606 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6608 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6611 Handlers are called with argument list
6613 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6615 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6617 desktop-file-version
6618 desktop-buffer-file-name
6620 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6621 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6622 desktop-buffer-point
6624 desktop-buffer-read-only
6627 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6628 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6631 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6634 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6636 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6637 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6639 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6641 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6643 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6645 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6647 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6648 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6649 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6653 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6654 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6655 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6656 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6658 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6661 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6662 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6667 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6668 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6669 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6670 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6671 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6672 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6673 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6675 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6677 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6678 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6679 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6683 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6684 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6685 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6686 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6689 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6691 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6692 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6696 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6697 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6704 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6705 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17817 15855))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6708 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6709 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6710 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6711 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6712 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6713 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6715 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6717 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6718 Repair a broken attribution line.
6719 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6721 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6723 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6724 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6725 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6726 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6728 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6730 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6731 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6738 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17817 15478))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6741 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6743 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6748 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6755 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6756 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6759 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6760 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6761 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6762 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6763 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6767 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6768 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6769 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6770 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6772 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6773 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6774 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6775 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6778 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6780 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6781 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6782 european-calendar-style t \\
6783 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6784 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6785 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6787 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6788 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6789 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6790 to run it every morning at 1am.
6792 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6794 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6795 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6801 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6802 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6805 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6806 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6808 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6810 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6811 *The command to use to run diff.")
6813 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6815 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6816 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6817 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6818 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6819 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6820 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6822 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6824 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6825 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6826 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6827 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6828 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6829 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6831 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6835 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6836 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6839 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6843 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6844 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6845 headers for you on-the-fly.
6847 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6848 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6849 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6854 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6855 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6856 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6862 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6863 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6864 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6865 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6866 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17817 16882))
6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6869 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6870 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6871 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6872 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6873 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6874 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6875 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6876 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6878 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6880 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6881 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6883 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6884 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6885 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6886 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6887 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6889 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6890 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6892 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6893 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6894 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6895 always set this variable to t.")
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6899 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6900 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6901 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6902 A value of t means move to first file.")
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6907 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6908 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6909 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6910 are afterward marked with that character.")
6912 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6914 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6915 *Controls marking of copied files.
6916 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6917 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6919 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6921 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6922 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6923 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6924 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6926 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6928 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6929 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6930 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6931 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6935 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6936 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6937 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6938 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6940 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6942 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6944 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6945 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6946 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6948 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6950 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6951 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6952 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6953 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6954 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6955 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6957 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6958 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6959 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6960 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6961 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6962 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6963 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6964 list of files to make directory entries for.
6965 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6966 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6967 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6968 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6970 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6972 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6975 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6976 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6978 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6979 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6981 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6982 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6984 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6986 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6987 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6989 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6991 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6992 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6993 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6994 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6995 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6996 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6997 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6998 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6999 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7000 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7001 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7002 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7003 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7004 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7005 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7006 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7007 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7008 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7009 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7010 to see why something went wrong.
7011 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7013 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7014 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7015 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7016 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7017 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7018 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7020 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7021 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7022 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7023 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7025 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7026 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7027 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7028 again for the directory tree.
7030 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7033 `dired-listing-switches'
7034 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7035 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7043 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7045 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7046 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7053 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7054 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7058 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7059 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7060 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7061 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7065 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7066 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7067 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7068 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7069 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7071 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17778 50473))
7072 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7074 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7075 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7076 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7077 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7078 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7079 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7080 which is options for `diff'.
7082 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7084 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7085 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7086 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7087 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7088 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7089 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7091 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7093 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7094 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7095 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7096 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7097 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7098 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7099 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7101 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7103 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7104 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7105 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7106 returned by function `file-attributes'
7108 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7109 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7111 Examples of PREDICATE:
7113 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7114 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7115 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7116 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7117 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7119 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7123 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7127 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7132 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7143 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7144 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7145 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7146 `lpr-switches' as default.
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7152 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7153 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7154 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7156 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7157 with a prefix argument.
7161 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7162 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7163 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7164 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7165 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7167 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7168 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7170 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7171 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7172 file name substituted for `?'.
7174 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7175 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7177 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7178 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7179 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7180 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7182 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7184 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7185 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7186 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7188 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7189 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7192 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7193 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7194 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7196 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7201 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7203 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7204 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7205 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7206 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7207 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7208 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7209 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7210 from the buffer as well.
7211 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7212 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7213 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7215 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7217 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7222 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7225 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7232 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7233 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7237 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7238 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7245 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7247 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7248 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7249 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7250 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7251 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7252 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7253 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7255 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7260 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7262 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7265 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7267 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7270 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7272 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7275 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7277 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7280 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7282 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7283 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7285 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7289 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7290 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7291 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7292 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7293 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7294 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7295 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7297 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7302 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7303 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7304 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7305 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7306 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7307 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7308 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7309 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7313 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7314 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7315 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7316 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7317 and new hard links are made in that directory
7318 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7319 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7320 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7324 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7325 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7326 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7327 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7328 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7329 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7330 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7335 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7337 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7338 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7339 file if none are marked.
7341 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7342 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7343 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7344 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7346 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7347 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7349 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7351 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7352 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7353 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7355 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7357 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7358 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7359 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7361 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7363 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7365 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7367 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7369 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7370 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7374 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7375 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7379 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7380 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7381 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7382 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7383 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7384 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7386 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7388 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7389 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7390 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7391 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7392 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7393 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7394 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7396 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7398 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7399 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7400 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7401 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7402 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7403 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7405 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7407 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7409 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7411 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7413 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7415 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7416 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7417 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7418 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7422 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7424 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7425 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7429 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7430 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7431 Lower levels are unaffected.
7433 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7435 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7436 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7440 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7441 Go down in the dired tree.
7445 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7446 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7447 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7448 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7452 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7453 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7454 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7455 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7459 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7460 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7461 Stops when a match is found.
7462 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7464 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7466 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7467 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7468 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7469 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7470 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7472 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7474 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7475 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7476 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7477 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7479 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7483 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17713 5989))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7486 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7487 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7488 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7489 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7490 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7491 buffer and try again.
7493 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7497 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17817 13975))
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7500 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7501 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7502 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7504 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7506 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7507 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7509 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7510 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7512 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7520 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7521 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7522 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7523 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7524 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7525 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7527 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7532 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7533 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7534 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7535 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17817 13975))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7538 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7539 Return a new, empty display table.
7543 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7544 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7545 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7546 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7547 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7549 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7551 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7552 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7553 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7554 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7555 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7557 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7559 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7560 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7564 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7565 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7569 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7570 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7574 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7575 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7579 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7580 Display character C using printable string S.
7584 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7585 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7586 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7587 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7589 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7591 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7592 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7593 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7596 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7598 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7599 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7601 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7603 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7604 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7606 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7608 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7609 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7611 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7612 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7613 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7614 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7616 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7617 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7618 European character display.
7620 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7621 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7622 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7623 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7625 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7626 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7627 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7628 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7629 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7636 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7639 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7640 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7641 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7642 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7643 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7644 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7645 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17713 5989))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7655 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7656 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7657 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7658 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7659 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7660 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7662 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7663 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7664 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7665 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7666 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7668 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7673 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17713 5203))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7676 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7677 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7678 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7679 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7680 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7681 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7682 table and its own syntax table.
7684 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7687 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7689 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7690 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7693 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7697 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17817 14124))
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7700 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7701 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7708 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7711 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7714 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7716 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7718 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7720 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7722 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7723 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7729 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17778 50475))
7730 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7732 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7733 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7740 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7744 Play sounds in message buffers.
7750 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7751 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17817 16945))
7753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7755 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7757 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7758 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7759 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7760 and toggle command MODE.
7762 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7763 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7764 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7765 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7766 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7767 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7768 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7769 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7772 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7773 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7774 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7775 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7776 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7777 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7778 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7779 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7780 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7781 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7782 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7783 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7784 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7785 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7786 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7787 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7788 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7790 For example, you could write
7791 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7792 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7795 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7797 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7799 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7800 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7801 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7802 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7803 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7804 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7805 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7806 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7807 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7808 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7809 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7810 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7812 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7813 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7814 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7815 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7816 call another major mode in their body.
7818 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7820 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7822 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7823 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7824 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7825 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7826 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7828 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7830 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7833 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7835 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7836 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7837 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7839 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7844 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17817
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7848 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7850 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7851 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7853 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7854 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7855 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7857 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7858 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7862 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7863 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7867 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7868 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7872 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7873 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7875 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7877 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7879 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7881 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7882 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7884 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7885 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7887 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7889 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7891 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7895 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7896 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7897 computed automatically.
7898 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7902 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7904 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7905 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7906 keyboard equivalent.
7910 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7911 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7915 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7916 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7920 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7921 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7925 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7929 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7930 radio: A radio button.
7931 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7932 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7934 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7938 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7939 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7943 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7945 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7946 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7947 as a solid horizontal line.
7949 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7951 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7953 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7956 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7958 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7959 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7960 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7961 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7963 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7965 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7966 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7967 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7968 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7969 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7970 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7972 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7973 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7974 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7976 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7977 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7978 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7980 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7981 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7983 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7988 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7989 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7990 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7991 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7992 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7993 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17817 13971))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Customization for ebnf group.
8002 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8003 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8005 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8007 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8010 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8012 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8014 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8015 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8017 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8018 killed after process termination.
8020 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8022 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8024 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8025 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8027 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8028 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8031 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8032 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8033 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8034 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8036 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8038 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8040 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8042 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8047 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8049 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8052 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8054 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8056 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8057 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8059 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8060 killed after process termination.
8062 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8064 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8068 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8069 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8071 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8077 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8079 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8081 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8086 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8088 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8091 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8093 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8095 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8096 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8098 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8099 killed after EPS generation.
8101 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8103 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8108 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8109 The EPS file name has the following form:
8111 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8113 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8114 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8116 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8117 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8118 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8119 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8121 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8125 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8126 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8128 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8129 The EPS file name has the following form:
8131 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8133 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8134 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8136 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8137 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8138 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8139 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8141 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8143 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8145 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8147 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8150 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8152 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8155 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8157 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8159 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8160 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8162 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8163 killed after syntax checking.
8165 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8167 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8169 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8170 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8174 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8175 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8177 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8179 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8180 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8187 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8189 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8191 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8198 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8199 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8201 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8203 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8205 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8206 Set STYLE as the current style.
8208 It returns the old style symbol.
8210 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8214 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8215 Reset current style.
8217 It returns the old style symbol.
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8221 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8226 It returns the old style symbol.
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8230 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8233 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8235 It returns the old style symbol.
8237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8244 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8245 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8248 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8249 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8252 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8253 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8257 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8258 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8259 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8260 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8261 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8262 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8264 Tree mode key bindings:
8265 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8269 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8270 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8274 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8275 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8277 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8281 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8282 View declaration of member at point.
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Find declaration of member at point.
8291 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8292 View definition of member at point.
8296 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8297 Find definition of member at point.
8301 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8302 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8306 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8307 View definition of member at point in other window.
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8316 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8317 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8321 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8322 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8327 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8333 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8334 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8337 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8340 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8341 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8342 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8344 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8348 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8349 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8351 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8353 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8354 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8355 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8359 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8360 Search for call sites of a member.
8361 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8362 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8363 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8364 looks like a function call to the member.
8366 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Move backward in the position stack.
8370 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8374 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8375 Move forward in the position stack.
8376 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8380 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8381 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8385 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8386 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8390 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8391 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8392 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8393 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8395 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Display statistics for a class tree.
8404 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8405 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8408 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8409 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8410 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8411 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8413 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8414 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8415 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8417 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8418 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8419 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8421 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8423 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8429 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8430 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17817 13975))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8433 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8434 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8435 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8437 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8441 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8442 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8443 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17713 5203))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8446 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8447 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8448 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8449 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8450 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8452 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8453 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8454 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8455 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8457 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8459 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8460 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8461 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8462 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8464 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8466 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8467 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8468 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8469 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8471 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8473 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8475 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8476 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8477 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8478 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8479 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8481 If you do this on a function definition
8482 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8483 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8484 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8485 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8487 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8488 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8489 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8490 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8496 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8500 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8501 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8507 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8508 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8509 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8510 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8511 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8512 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8513 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8514 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8515 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8516 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17778 50473))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8519 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8520 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8522 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8525 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8527 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8529 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8531 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8534 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8535 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8536 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8540 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8541 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8543 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8545 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8547 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8548 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8552 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8554 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8555 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8556 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8557 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8559 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8561 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8563 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8564 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8565 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8566 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8568 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8570 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8573 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8574 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8575 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8577 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8579 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8582 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8583 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8584 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8586 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8588 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8590 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8591 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8592 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8593 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8594 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8595 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8597 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8601 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8602 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8604 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8606 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8620 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8621 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8623 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8624 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8626 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8629 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8630 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8632 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8633 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8635 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8639 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8640 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8641 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8643 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8644 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8646 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8649 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8650 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8651 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8652 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8654 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8655 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8656 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8658 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8660 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8663 Merge two files without ancestor.
8665 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8667 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8668 Merge two files with ancestor.
8670 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8672 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8675 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8677 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8679 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8680 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8682 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8684 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8685 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8686 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8689 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8691 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8692 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8693 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8696 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8698 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8699 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8700 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8701 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8705 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8706 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8707 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8708 and don't ask the user.
8709 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8710 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8712 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8716 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8717 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8718 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8719 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8720 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8721 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8723 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8725 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8727 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8729 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8730 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8731 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8732 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8733 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8737 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8739 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8740 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8741 When called interactively, displays the version.
8745 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8746 Display Ediff's manual.
8747 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8749 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8757 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8767 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8768 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8770 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8772 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17778 49123))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8781 Display Ediff's registry.
8785 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8790 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17713 5989))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8793 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8794 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8795 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8800 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8801 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8802 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8803 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8809 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8810 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8811 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8814 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8815 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8816 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8818 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8819 Edit a keyboard macro.
8820 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8821 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8822 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8824 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8826 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8828 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8829 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8831 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8833 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8834 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8836 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8838 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8839 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8840 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8841 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8842 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8843 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8845 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8846 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8847 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8848 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8850 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8852 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8853 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8854 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8855 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8856 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8857 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8859 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8864 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17817 15738))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8867 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8869 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8870 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8872 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8874 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8875 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8882 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8885 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8886 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8887 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8888 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8889 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8890 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8891 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8892 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8894 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8895 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8897 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8898 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8899 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8900 this value is non-nil.
8902 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8903 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8904 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8906 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8907 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8908 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8910 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8912 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8915 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8920 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17817 13982))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8923 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8924 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8926 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8928 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8929 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8930 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8931 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8932 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8933 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8934 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8936 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8940 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8941 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8945 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8946 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8947 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8948 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8949 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8950 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8953 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8954 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17817
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8962 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8963 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8965 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8966 an elided material again.
8968 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8975 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8978 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8985 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8986 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8990 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8991 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8992 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8994 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8996 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8997 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8998 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9000 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9002 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9003 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9004 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9006 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9008 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9010 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9011 Display current profiling results.
9012 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9013 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9020 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9021 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9024 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9025 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9026 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9028 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9032 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9033 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9034 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9035 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9036 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9039 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9040 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9041 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9042 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9043 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9044 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9045 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9046 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9047 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9048 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9049 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9050 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9051 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9052 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9053 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9054 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9056 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9057 Run Emerge on two files.
9059 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9061 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9062 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9064 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9066 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9067 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9071 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9072 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9074 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9076 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9081 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9086 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9089 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9091 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9094 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9096 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9097 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9099 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9102 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9104 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9106 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9109 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9113 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9114 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9117 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9118 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9120 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9122 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9126 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9127 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17817 14127))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9130 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9131 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9132 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9133 text/enriched format.
9134 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9136 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9137 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9141 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9145 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9148 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9150 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9153 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9158 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17817 15473))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9161 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9162 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9166 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9167 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9168 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9169 (server (erc-compute-server))
9170 (port (erc-compute-port))
9171 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9173 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9175 That is, if called with
9177 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9179 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9180 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9181 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9183 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9185 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9186 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9187 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9188 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9190 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17778
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17778 50473))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9213 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9214 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17817 13983))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9217 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9218 Parser for /dcc command.
9219 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9220 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9221 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9223 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9225 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9226 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9230 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9231 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9233 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9234 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9235 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9238 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9243 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9244 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9245 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9246 ;;;;;; (17817 14136))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9249 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9250 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9252 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9254 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9255 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9256 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9257 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9259 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9261 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9264 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9266 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9267 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9269 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9271 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9272 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9274 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9276 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9277 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9279 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9281 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9282 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9284 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9286 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9287 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9289 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9291 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9292 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9294 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9296 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9297 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9301 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9302 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9308 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17778
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9311 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9313 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9314 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9315 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9329 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9331 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9333 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9334 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9335 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9336 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9337 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9338 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9341 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9343 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9354 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9368 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17778 50473))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9372 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9373 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9374 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9375 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9376 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9377 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9381 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9382 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9383 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9384 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9386 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9387 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9390 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9391 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9393 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9398 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9399 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9400 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9402 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9404 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9405 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9409 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9410 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9414 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9415 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9419 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9420 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9424 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9425 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9429 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9430 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9434 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9435 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9439 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9440 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9449 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9451 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9458 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9459 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17778 50473))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9462 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9463 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9464 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9465 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9469 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9470 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9476 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9479 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9481 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9482 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9483 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9484 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9486 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9488 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9497 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9504 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17778 50473))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9521 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9523 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9525 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9526 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9530 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9531 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9532 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9534 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17778 50473))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9540 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9545 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9548 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9549 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9550 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17713
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9559 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17817 13983))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9565 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17778 50473))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9571 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9572 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17778 50473))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9581 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9582 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9583 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9584 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9586 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9588 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9589 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9590 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9597 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9600 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9601 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9611 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9612 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9620 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17817
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9624 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9625 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9631 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9632 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17817 14118))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9635 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9636 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9637 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9638 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9639 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9640 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9641 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9642 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9643 buffer selected (or created).
9645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9647 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9648 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9649 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9651 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9653 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9654 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9655 The result might be any Lisp object.
9656 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9657 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9658 corresponding to a successful execution.
9660 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9662 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9663 Report a bug in Eshell.
9664 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9665 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9671 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9672 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9673 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9674 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9675 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9676 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9677 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9678 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9681 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9682 *File name of tags table.
9683 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9684 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9685 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9686 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9688 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9689 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9690 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9691 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9693 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9695 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9696 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9697 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9698 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9699 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9700 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9702 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9704 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9705 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9706 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9707 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9708 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9709 `auto-compression-mode').")
9711 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9713 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9714 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9715 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9716 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9717 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9719 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9721 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9722 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9723 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9724 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9726 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9728 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9729 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9730 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9731 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9732 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9734 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9736 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9737 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9741 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9742 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9743 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9744 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9746 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9747 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9748 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9749 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9750 file the tag was in.
9752 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9754 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9755 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9756 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9757 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9758 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9759 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9760 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9761 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9762 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9764 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9766 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9767 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9768 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9769 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9770 without directory names.
9774 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9775 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9776 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9777 but does not select the buffer.
9778 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9780 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9781 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9782 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9783 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9784 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9786 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9788 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9789 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9790 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9792 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9794 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9796 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9797 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9798 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9799 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9801 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9802 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9803 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9804 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9805 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9807 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9809 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9810 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9811 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9813 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9815 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9816 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9818 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9819 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9820 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9821 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9822 around or before point.
9824 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9825 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9826 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9827 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9828 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9830 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9832 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9833 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9834 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9836 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9838 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9839 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9841 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9842 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9843 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9844 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9845 around or before point.
9847 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9848 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9849 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9850 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9851 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9853 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9855 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9856 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9857 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9859 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9861 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9862 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9864 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9865 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9866 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9868 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9869 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9870 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9871 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9872 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9874 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9876 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9877 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9878 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9883 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9884 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9886 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9887 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9889 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9890 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9891 where they were found.
9895 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9896 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9898 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9899 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9900 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9902 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9903 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9905 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9906 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9908 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9910 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9911 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9912 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9913 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9915 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9916 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9917 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9918 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9919 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9921 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9922 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9924 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9925 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9926 Stops when a match is found.
9927 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9929 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9931 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9934 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9935 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9936 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9937 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9939 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9941 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9943 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9944 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9945 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9946 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9947 directory specification.
9949 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9951 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9952 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9954 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9956 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9957 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9958 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9959 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9963 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9964 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9965 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9966 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9967 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9974 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9975 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9976 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9977 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9978 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9979 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9980 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17817 15478))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9983 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9988 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9989 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9990 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9991 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9993 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9994 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9997 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9998 even if the buffer is read-only.
10000 See also the descriptions of the variables
10001 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10002 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10004 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10007 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10009 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10010 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10012 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10013 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10016 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10017 buffer is read-only.
10019 See also the descriptions of the variables
10020 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10021 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10023 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10025 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10026 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10027 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10032 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10034 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10035 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10037 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10038 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10044 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10045 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10047 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10049 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10050 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10051 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10052 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10054 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10055 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10056 the primary language.
10058 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10059 buffer is read-only.
10061 See also the descriptions of the variables
10062 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10063 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10065 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10067 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10068 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10069 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10070 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10072 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10073 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10076 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10077 buffer is read-only.
10079 See also the descriptions of the variables
10080 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10081 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10083 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10087 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10094 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10095 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10096 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10097 3) convert the body into SERA.
10099 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10105 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10107 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10109 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10110 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10117 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10118 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10121 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10122 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10123 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10125 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10127 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10129 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10130 Allow the user to input special characters.
10134 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10135 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10136 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10140 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10141 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10145 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10146 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10148 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10149 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10151 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10152 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10161 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10162 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10166 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10167 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10174 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10175 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10178 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10179 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10180 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10181 server for future sessions.
10183 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10186 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10187 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10189 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10191 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10192 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10193 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10195 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10197 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10198 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10199 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10200 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10201 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10202 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10203 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10204 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10205 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10206 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10207 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10208 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10210 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10212 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10213 Display a form to query the directory server.
10214 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10215 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10217 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10219 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10220 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10221 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10225 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10230 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10231 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17817 14121))
10232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10234 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10235 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10237 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10239 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10240 Display URL and make it clickable.
10242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10244 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10245 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10247 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10249 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10250 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10252 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10254 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10255 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10257 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10259 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10260 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10262 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10267 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17817 14121))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10270 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10271 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10272 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10277 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10284 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10287 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10288 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17817
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10298 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10299 Create an empty ewoc.
10301 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10303 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10304 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10305 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10306 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10307 `insert-before-markers'.
10309 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10310 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10311 respectively, of the ewoc.
10313 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10314 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10315 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10317 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10322 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10323 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10324 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10327 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10328 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10329 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10331 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10333 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10334 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10335 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10336 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10337 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10339 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10341 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10342 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10343 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10344 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10345 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10348 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10350 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10351 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10352 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10356 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10357 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10358 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10365 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10366 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17817 13975))
10367 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10369 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10370 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10371 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10372 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10374 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10376 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10377 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10378 to generate such functions.
10380 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10381 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10382 beginning of the expanded text.
10384 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10385 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10386 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10387 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10389 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10391 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10393 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10394 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10395 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10399 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10400 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10401 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10404 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10405 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17817 13977))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10412 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10413 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10414 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10416 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10417 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10418 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10420 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10425 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10428 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10430 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10432 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10433 `f90-program-indent'
10434 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10436 `f90-continuation-indent'
10437 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10438 `f90-comment-region'
10439 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10440 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10441 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10442 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10444 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10445 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10446 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10447 `f90-break-delimiters'
10448 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10449 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10450 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10451 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10453 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10454 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10456 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10457 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10458 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10459 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10460 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10461 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10462 `f90-leave-line-no'
10463 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10465 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10472 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10473 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10474 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10475 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10476 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17817 13971))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10478 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10479 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10481 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10482 Menu keymap for faces.")
10484 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10486 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10487 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10489 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10491 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10492 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10494 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10496 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10497 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10499 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10501 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10502 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10504 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10506 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10507 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10509 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10511 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10512 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10514 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10516 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10518 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10520 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10522 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10523 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10525 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10526 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10527 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10528 to the faces to use for the next character
10529 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10530 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10532 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10533 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10534 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10535 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10536 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10537 preceding faces (including FACE).
10539 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10540 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10542 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10545 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10546 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10548 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10549 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10552 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10553 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10554 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10556 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10558 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10559 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10560 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10562 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10563 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10566 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10567 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10568 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10570 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10573 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10574 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10575 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10576 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10577 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10578 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10580 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10581 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10584 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10585 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10586 to insert cancels the specification.
10588 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10590 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10591 Make the region invisible.
10592 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10593 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10597 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10598 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10599 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10600 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10602 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10604 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10605 Make the region unmodifiable.
10606 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10607 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10612 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10616 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10617 Remove all text properties from the region.
10619 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10621 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10622 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10623 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10628 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10630 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10632 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10633 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10634 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10635 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10636 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10637 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10639 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10644 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17817 14122))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10647 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10648 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10649 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10650 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10652 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10654 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10655 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10656 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10658 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10659 - When you save the file's buffer.
10660 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10661 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10662 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10663 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10665 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10667 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10668 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10669 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10670 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10675 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10679 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10683 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10684 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10685 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17778 50475))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10688 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10689 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10690 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10691 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10695 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10696 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10700 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10701 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10702 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10703 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10707 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10708 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10709 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10710 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10711 backup file names and the like).
10713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10715 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10716 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10717 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10718 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10719 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10720 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10721 internally by feedmail):
10723 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10724 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10725 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10726 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10728 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10729 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10730 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10731 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10732 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10734 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10739 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17817 13975))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10742 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10743 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10744 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10745 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10746 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10747 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10748 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10750 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10752 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10753 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10754 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10755 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10756 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10757 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10758 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10762 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10764 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10765 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10766 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10767 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10768 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10769 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10771 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10773 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10774 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10775 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10777 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10778 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10783 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10784 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10786 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10788 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10789 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10795 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10796 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10797 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10798 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17817 13975))
10799 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10801 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10802 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10803 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10804 be added to the cache.
10806 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10808 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10809 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10810 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10811 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10812 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10814 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10816 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10817 Add FILE to the file cache.
10821 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10822 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10823 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10825 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10827 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10828 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10829 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10831 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10833 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10834 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10835 This function does not use any external programs
10836 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10837 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10838 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10840 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10842 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10843 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10844 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10845 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10846 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10847 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10848 \(directories) is done.
10851 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10852 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10853 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10857 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17778
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10861 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10862 Filesets initialization.
10863 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17817 16882))
10870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10871 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10875 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10876 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10877 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10880 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10881 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10882 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10883 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10884 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10886 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10888 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10889 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10890 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10891 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10892 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10894 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10896 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10897 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10898 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10899 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10901 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10903 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10904 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10905 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10907 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10909 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10910 as the final argument.
10912 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10914 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10915 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10916 and run dired on those files.
10917 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10918 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10920 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10922 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10924 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10925 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10926 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10928 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10930 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10932 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10937 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10938 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10941 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10942 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10943 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10944 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10945 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10946 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10947 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10949 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10950 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10951 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10953 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10955 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10957 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10959 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10960 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10961 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10963 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10964 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10966 Variables of interest include:
10968 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10969 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10970 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10972 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10973 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10974 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10976 - `ff-ignore-include'
10977 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10979 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10980 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10983 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10985 - `ff-special-constructs'
10986 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10987 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10988 extracting the filename from that construct.
10990 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10991 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10993 - `ff-search-directories'
10994 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10995 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10997 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10998 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11000 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11001 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11003 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11004 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11006 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11007 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11009 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11010 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11012 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11014 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11015 Visit the file you click on.
11017 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11019 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11020 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11022 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11026 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11027 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11028 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11029 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11030 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11031 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11032 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17817 14115))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11035 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11036 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11038 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11040 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11041 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11042 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11043 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11045 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11046 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11047 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11048 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11050 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11052 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11053 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11055 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11056 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11057 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11058 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11060 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11061 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11064 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11066 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11067 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11069 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11070 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11071 places point before the definition.
11072 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11074 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11075 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11076 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11078 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11080 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11081 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11083 See `find-function' for more details.
11085 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11087 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11088 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11090 See `find-function' for more details.
11092 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11094 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11095 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11097 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11098 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11099 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11101 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11102 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11104 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11106 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11107 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11109 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11110 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11111 places point before the definition.
11113 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11115 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11116 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11117 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11119 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11122 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11124 See `find-variable' for more details.
11126 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11128 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11129 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11131 See `find-variable' for more details.
11133 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11135 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11136 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11137 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11138 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11139 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11140 buffer nor display it.
11142 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11143 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11145 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11147 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11148 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11150 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11151 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11152 places point before the definition.
11154 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11156 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11157 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11158 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11162 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11163 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11164 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11168 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11169 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11173 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11174 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11178 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11179 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11186 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17817 13975))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11189 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11190 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11192 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11194 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11195 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11199 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11200 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11202 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11206 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11207 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11210 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11211 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11215 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11216 Display FILE's commentary section.
11217 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11221 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11222 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11228 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11229 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17817 13975))
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11232 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11233 Toggle flow control handling.
11234 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11235 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11237 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11239 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11240 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11241 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11242 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11243 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11244 to get the effect of a C-q.
11246 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11251 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11254 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11257 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11259 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11267 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17778 50475))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11270 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11271 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11272 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11273 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11277 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11278 Turn flymake mode on.
11282 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11283 Turn flymake mode off.
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11290 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11291 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17817 14127))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11294 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11295 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11298 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11300 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11301 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11302 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11303 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11304 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11305 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11308 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11309 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11310 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11311 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11314 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11317 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11318 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11319 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11321 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11323 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11324 in your .emacs file.
11326 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11327 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11331 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11332 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11336 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11337 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11341 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11342 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11346 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11347 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11349 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11351 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11352 Flyspell whole buffer.
11358 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11359 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11360 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11363 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11364 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11368 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11369 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11373 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11374 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11376 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11377 of two major techniques:
11379 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11380 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11381 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11383 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11384 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11385 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11388 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11389 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11390 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11391 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11392 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11395 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11396 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11398 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11400 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11401 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11402 \(This is the default.)
11404 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11405 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11407 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11408 \\{follow-mode-map}
11410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11412 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11413 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11415 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11416 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11417 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11418 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11419 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11420 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11422 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11423 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11424 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11426 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11427 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11428 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17817
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11438 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11439 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11440 \\<message-mode-map>
11444 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11445 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11446 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11447 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11448 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11449 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11456 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17817 13976))
11457 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11459 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11460 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11462 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11463 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11464 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11465 C-c < forms-first-record <
11466 C-c > forms-last-record >
11467 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11468 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11469 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11470 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11471 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11472 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11473 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11474 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11475 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11476 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11478 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11480 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11481 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11485 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11486 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11492 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11493 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17817 13977))
11494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11496 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11497 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11498 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11499 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11500 with a character in column 6.")
11502 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11504 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11505 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11506 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11508 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11509 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11511 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11514 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11516 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11518 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11519 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11520 `fortran-do-indent'
11521 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11522 `fortran-if-indent'
11523 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11524 `fortran-structure-indent'
11525 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11527 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11528 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11529 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11530 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11531 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11532 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11533 nil don't change the indentation
11534 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11536 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11537 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11538 depending on the continuation format in use.
11539 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11540 indentation for a line of code.
11542 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11543 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11544 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11545 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11546 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11547 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11548 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11549 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11550 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11551 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11553 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11554 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11555 statements (default nil).
11556 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11557 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11558 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11559 `fortran-continuation-string'
11560 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11561 line (default \"$\").
11562 `fortran-comment-region'
11563 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11564 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11565 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11566 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11567 as typed (default t).
11568 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11569 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11571 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11572 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11579 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11582 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11583 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11585 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11586 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11588 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11590 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11591 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11593 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11594 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11596 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11598 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11599 Compile fortune file.
11601 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11602 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11604 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11606 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11607 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11609 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11610 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11611 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11612 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11614 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11616 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11617 Display a fortune cookie.
11619 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11620 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11621 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11622 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11624 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11629 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
11630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11632 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11633 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11634 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11635 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11637 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11638 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11639 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11640 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11642 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11643 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11644 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11645 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11646 some of the buffers.
11648 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11650 The following commands help control operation :
11652 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11653 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11655 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11656 detailed description of this mode.
11659 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11661 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11662 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11666 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11667 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11668 | | (comint-mode) |
11675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11676 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11677 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11678 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11679 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11682 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11684 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11685 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11687 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11692 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17817
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11696 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11697 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11698 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11699 instead (which see).")
11701 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11702 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11704 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11705 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11706 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11707 documentation string instead.
11709 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11710 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11711 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11712 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11713 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11714 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11715 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11716 enders are actually possible.
11718 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11719 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11721 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11722 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11723 `font-lock-keywords'.
11725 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11726 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11727 runs the macro expansion.
11729 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11730 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11731 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11733 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11735 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11737 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11738 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11740 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11742 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11743 Enter generic mode MODE.
11745 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11746 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11747 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11749 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11750 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11754 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11755 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11756 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11757 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11758 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11759 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11760 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11761 `font-lock-keywords'.
11763 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11771 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11772 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11773 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11774 at places they belong to.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11781 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17778 48450))
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11784 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11785 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11787 Guideline for numbers:
11788 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11789 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11792 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11794 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11795 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11796 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11798 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11800 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11803 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11806 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11808 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11809 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11810 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11811 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11812 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11813 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11815 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11816 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11817 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11818 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11819 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11821 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11823 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11828 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17778 50473))
11829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11830 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11831 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11833 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11834 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11838 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11840 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11841 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11842 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11843 name of an NNTP server to use.
11844 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11847 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11849 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11850 Read news as a slave.
11852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11854 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11855 Pop up a frame to read news.
11856 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11857 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11858 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11859 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11860 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11861 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11862 current display is used.
11864 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11866 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11868 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11869 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11870 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11872 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11877 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11881 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17778 50473))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11884 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Start Gnus unplugged.
11889 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Start Gnus plugged.
11894 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11900 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11902 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11903 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11904 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11906 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11907 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11908 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11918 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11919 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11920 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11921 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11924 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11928 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11929 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11930 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11933 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11935 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11940 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11941 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11942 downloaded into the agent.
11944 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11946 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11947 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11948 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11949 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11951 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11958 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11959 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11963 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11964 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11965 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11967 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11972 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11975 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11976 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11986 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11987 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11994 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11995 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12000 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12003 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12007 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12008 Generate the cache active file.
12010 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12012 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12013 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12018 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12019 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12020 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12021 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12024 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12026 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12028 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12029 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12030 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12033 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12038 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12041 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12042 Delay this article by some time.
12043 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12045 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12046 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12048 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12049 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12051 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12052 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12054 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12057 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12062 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12063 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12064 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12066 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12067 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12069 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12073 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12074 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17817 15855))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12077 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12080 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12082 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12085 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12089 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12090 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12093 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12094 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12101 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12105 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12112 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12113 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
12115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12117 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12118 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12122 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12128 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12133 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12137 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12138 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12139 The PNG is returned as a string.
12141 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12144 Convert FILE to a Face.
12145 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12148 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12153 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17817 16148))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12157 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12158 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12160 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12162 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12163 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12165 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12170 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12173 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12176 Run batched scoring.
12177 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12184 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12185 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12188 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12194 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12195 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12197 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12200 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12202 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12209 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12210 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12213 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12214 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12215 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12216 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12219 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12220 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12221 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12222 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12224 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12225 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12226 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12227 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12228 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12229 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12230 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12231 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12232 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12233 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12235 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12237 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12238 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12239 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12242 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12243 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12245 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12247 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12248 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12249 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12251 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12255 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12256 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12257 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12259 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12261 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12262 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12263 existing groups are considered.
12265 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12266 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12269 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12270 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12271 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12272 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12273 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12274 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12275 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12276 clauses will be generated.
12278 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12279 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12280 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12281 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12282 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12283 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12285 For example, given the following group parameters:
12288 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12289 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12291 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12292 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12293 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12294 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12296 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12298 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12300 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12302 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12303 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12306 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12311 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12314 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12315 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12316 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12318 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12323 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12327 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12328 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12329 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12331 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12333 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12336 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12338 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12339 Like `message-reply'.
12341 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12343 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12348 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17817 14137))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12352 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12356 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12357 Load the NoCeM cache.
12363 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12364 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12365 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12369 Display picons in the From header.
12370 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12375 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12376 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12380 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12381 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12382 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12389 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12390 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12391 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12392 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12396 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12397 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12398 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12400 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12402 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12403 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12404 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12409 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12410 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12411 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12415 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12418 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12420 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12421 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12422 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12424 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12426 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12427 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12428 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12430 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12432 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12436 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12438 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12440 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12441 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12442 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12444 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12446 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12447 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12448 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12450 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12453 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12455 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12460 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17713 5990))
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12463 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12468 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12469 Install the registry hooks.
12475 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12476 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12480 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12481 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12482 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12483 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12484 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12485 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12489 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12490 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12491 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12492 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12493 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12497 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12505 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12509 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12510 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12511 for matching on group names.
12513 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12514 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12516 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12518 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12524 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12525 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12529 Update the format specification near point.
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12536 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17778
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12540 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12541 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12543 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12545 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12553 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12556 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12557 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12559 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17778 50475))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12566 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12567 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12569 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12570 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12571 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12573 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12574 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12575 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12577 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12578 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12580 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12581 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12583 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12585 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12590 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12593 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12595 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12596 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12597 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12598 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12599 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12601 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12603 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12604 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12605 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12607 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12608 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12610 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12611 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12614 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12619 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12620 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17713 5410))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12623 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12624 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12626 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12628 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12629 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12630 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12631 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12632 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12634 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12635 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12637 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12639 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12640 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12641 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12642 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12644 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12646 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12647 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12649 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12651 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12652 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12654 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12655 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12656 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12658 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12659 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12660 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12662 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12663 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12665 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12666 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12668 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12670 (defvar grep-history nil)
12672 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12674 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12675 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12676 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12680 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12685 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12686 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12690 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12691 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12692 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12693 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12694 where grep found matches.
12696 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12697 easily repeat a grep command.
12699 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12700 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12701 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12702 if that history list is empty).
12704 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12706 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12707 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12708 Collect output in a buffer.
12709 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12710 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12712 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12713 easily repeat a find command.
12715 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12717 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12719 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12720 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12721 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12722 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12723 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12725 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12726 before it is executed.
12727 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12729 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12730 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12731 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12733 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12737 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12738 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12739 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12740 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12741 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12743 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12744 before it is executed.
12745 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12747 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12748 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12749 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12751 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12760 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12761 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12762 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12763 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12764 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12766 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12771 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17817 13989))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12774 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12775 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12777 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12778 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12779 `gdba' for more information.
12781 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12782 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12783 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12784 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12785 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12790 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12791 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12793 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12798 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12804 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12805 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12806 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12807 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12809 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12810 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12814 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12815 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12821 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12822 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12824 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12826 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12828 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12829 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12830 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12831 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12832 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12834 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12835 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12836 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12837 original source file access method.
12839 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12840 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12845 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12846 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12847 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12852 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12854 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12855 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12861 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17817
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12865 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12866 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12867 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12868 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12870 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12871 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12872 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12873 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12879 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12880 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12883 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12884 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12886 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12888 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12889 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12890 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12891 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12893 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12897 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12898 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12899 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12900 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12907 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12908 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12909 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12910 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17713 5990))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12913 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12914 Return the help-echo string at point.
12915 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12916 property, or nil, is returned.
12917 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12918 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12919 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12921 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12923 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12924 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12925 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12926 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12927 this produces no string either, return nil.
12931 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12932 Display local help in the echo area.
12933 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12934 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12935 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12938 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12939 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12940 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12944 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12946 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12950 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12951 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12952 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12956 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12957 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12958 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12959 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12960 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12961 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12962 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12963 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12964 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12965 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12966 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12968 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12969 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12970 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12971 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12972 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12974 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12975 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12976 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12977 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12978 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12979 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12980 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12981 The default is `never'.")
12983 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12985 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12987 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12988 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12989 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12990 considered different regions.
12992 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12993 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12994 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12995 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12996 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12997 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12998 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12999 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13000 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13002 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13004 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13005 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13006 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13007 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13010 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13011 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13012 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13013 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13014 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13015 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13016 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13017 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13019 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13020 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13021 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13022 rarely happens in practice.
13024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13026 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13027 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13028 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13029 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13030 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13031 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13038 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13039 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13040 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13043 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13044 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13046 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13048 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13049 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13050 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13052 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13054 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13055 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13057 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13059 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13062 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13064 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13065 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13066 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13067 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13069 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13071 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13072 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13073 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13074 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13075 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13076 it is displayed along with the global value.
13078 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13080 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13081 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13082 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13083 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13087 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13088 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13089 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13090 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13091 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13097 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13098 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
13099 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13101 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13102 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13103 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13104 and window listing and describing the options.
13105 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13106 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13108 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13112 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13113 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13114 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17611 9183))
13115 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13117 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13118 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13119 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13125 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13130 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13135 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13136 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13138 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13139 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13140 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13141 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13143 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13144 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13145 restore it properly when going back.
13147 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13149 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13150 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13152 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13153 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13154 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13155 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13156 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13157 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13158 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13159 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13161 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13162 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13163 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13164 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13166 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13167 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13172 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13173 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13174 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13175 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13176 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13179 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13181 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13182 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13183 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13184 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13187 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13189 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13190 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17817 13982))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13200 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13201 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13205 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13206 Provide help for current mode.
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13213 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17778 50473))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13216 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13217 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13218 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13219 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13220 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13222 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13223 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13225 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13226 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13227 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13228 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13230 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13231 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13234 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13239 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13240 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13241 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13242 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13243 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13244 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13245 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13246 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13247 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13248 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13249 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13250 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13251 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13252 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13253 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13255 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13256 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13257 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13259 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13262 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13264 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13265 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13266 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13268 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13269 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13270 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13272 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13273 into the buffer at the current point.
13275 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13276 into the buffer at the current point.
13278 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13281 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13283 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13284 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13286 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13288 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13292 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13293 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13294 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13295 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13299 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13300 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13301 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13308 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13309 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13310 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13313 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13314 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13316 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13317 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13318 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13319 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13320 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13321 called interactively, are:
13323 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13324 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13326 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13327 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13328 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13329 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13331 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13332 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13334 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13335 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13337 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13338 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13339 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13340 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13341 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13342 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13344 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13345 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13347 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13348 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13350 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13351 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13352 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13353 Patterns will be read until
13355 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13359 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13360 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13361 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13363 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13365 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13367 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13369 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13370 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13371 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13372 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13373 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13377 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13379 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13380 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13382 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13383 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13384 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13385 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13387 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13389 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13391 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13392 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13394 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13395 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13396 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13397 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13399 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13401 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13403 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13404 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13406 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13407 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13409 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13411 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13413 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13414 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13416 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13417 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13418 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13419 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13420 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13422 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13425 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13427 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13428 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13429 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13436 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13439 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13440 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13441 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13442 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13443 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13444 how the hiding is done:
13447 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13448 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13451 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13452 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13453 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13454 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13455 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13458 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13459 #endif lines when hiding.
13461 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13462 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13465 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13466 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13467 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13469 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13473 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13474 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13476 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13478 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13479 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13481 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13483 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13484 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13486 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13490 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13491 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13494 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13495 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13496 Each element has the form
13497 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13499 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13500 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13502 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13503 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13505 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13506 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13507 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13508 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13509 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13510 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13512 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13513 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13515 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13516 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13518 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13519 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13520 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13522 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13523 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13524 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13525 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13526 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13527 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13529 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13530 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13531 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13533 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13534 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13536 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13539 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13546 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13547 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13548 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13549 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17817 13976))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13552 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13553 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13554 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13558 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13559 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13561 Without an argument:
13562 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13563 or passive state as determined by the variable
13564 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13567 With an argument ARG:
13568 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13569 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13570 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13572 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13573 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13574 not displayed in a different face.
13577 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13578 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13579 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13580 buffer with the contents of a file
13581 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13582 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13586 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13587 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13588 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13592 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13593 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13597 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13598 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13602 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13603 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13605 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13606 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13607 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13608 shown in the last face in the list.
13610 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13611 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13612 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13614 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13618 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13621 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13623 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13626 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13627 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13629 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13630 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13631 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13633 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13635 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13638 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13639 this function is called interactively.
13641 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13642 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13643 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13645 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13646 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13647 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13649 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13651 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13652 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13654 When called interactively:
13655 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13656 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13657 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13658 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13660 When called from a program:
13661 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13662 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13663 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13664 - otherwise just turn it on
13666 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13667 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13668 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13669 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13675 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13676 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13677 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13678 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13679 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17817 13976))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13682 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13683 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13684 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13685 or insert functions in this list.")
13687 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13689 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13690 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13692 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13694 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13695 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13697 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13699 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13700 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13702 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13704 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13705 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13707 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13709 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13710 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13711 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13713 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13715 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13716 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13717 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13720 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13722 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13723 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13724 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13725 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13726 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13728 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13730 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13731 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13732 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13733 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13734 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13736 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13737 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13738 undoes the expansion.
13742 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13743 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13744 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13745 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13747 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13751 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13752 ;;;;;; (17713 5990))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13755 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13756 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13757 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13759 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13760 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13761 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13762 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13763 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13765 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13766 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13767 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13768 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13772 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13773 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13774 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13777 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13779 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13781 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13782 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13783 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13785 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13786 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13792 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13793 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13794 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13796 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13797 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13798 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13800 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13805 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13807 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13808 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13809 different list. For example,
13811 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13812 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13814 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13815 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13817 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13818 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13819 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13820 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13823 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13825 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13829 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13830 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17817 14122))
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13833 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13834 This function is obsolete.
13835 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13836 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13840 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13841 This function is obsolete.
13842 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13843 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13847 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13848 This function is obsolete.
13849 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13850 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13856 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17778
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13860 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13861 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13867 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13872 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13873 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13874 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13875 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13876 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13877 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13878 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13879 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13880 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13881 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17713 5990))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13892 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13894 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13901 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13906 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13911 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13921 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13926 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13929 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13935 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13942 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Remove the first filter group.
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13962 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Remove all filter groups.
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13976 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Kill the filter group at point.
13982 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13984 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13998 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13999 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14001 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14003 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14005 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14011 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14012 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14013 of replacing the current filters.
14017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14030 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14031 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14032 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14048 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14051 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14054 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14055 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14057 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14069 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14071 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14072 of replacing the current filters.
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14077 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14080 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14086 Default sorting modes are:
14087 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14088 Name - the name of the buffer
14089 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14090 Size - the size of the buffer
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14099 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14101 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14110 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14111 for this Ibuffer session.
14113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14117 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14118 for this Ibuffer session.
14120 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14122 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14123 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14125 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14126 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14128 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14129 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14131 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14136 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14137 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14139 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14147 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14149 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14150 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14151 hidden group filter, open it.
14153 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14154 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14155 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14160 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14161 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14168 The names are separated by a space.
14169 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14171 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14172 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14173 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14174 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14176 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14183 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14188 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all modified buffers.
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all read-only buffers.
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14247 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14250 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14254 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14255 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14259 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14262 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14263 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14264 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14266 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14267 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14268 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14269 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14270 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14271 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14273 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14274 title of the column.
14276 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14277 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14278 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14279 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14280 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14282 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14284 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14286 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14287 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14288 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14290 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14291 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14292 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14294 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14296 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14297 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14298 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14299 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14300 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14301 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14303 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14304 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14305 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14306 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14307 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14308 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14309 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14310 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14312 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14313 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14314 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14315 buffer's modification flag.
14316 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14317 prompted before performing this operation.
14318 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14319 operation is complete, in the form:
14320 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14321 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14322 confirmation message, in the form:
14323 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14324 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14325 macro for exactly what it does.
14327 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14329 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14330 Define a filter named NAME.
14331 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14332 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14333 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14335 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14336 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14337 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14338 bound to the current value of the filter.
14340 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14344 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14345 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17713 5990))
14346 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14349 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14350 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14351 buffers which are visiting a file.
14353 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14355 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14356 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14357 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14358 buffers which are visiting a file.
14360 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14362 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14363 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14364 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14366 All arguments are optional.
14367 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14368 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14369 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14370 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14371 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14372 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14373 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14374 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14375 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14376 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14377 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14378 that value locally in this buffer.
14380 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14385 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14386 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17817 15855))
14387 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14389 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14390 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14391 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14392 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14394 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14396 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14397 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14398 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14399 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14401 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14402 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14403 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14405 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14407 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14408 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14409 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14410 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14411 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14412 non-marking or not.
14414 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14416 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14417 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14419 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14420 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14423 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14424 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14425 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14427 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14430 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14431 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14432 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14434 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17778
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14442 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14443 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14444 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14447 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14449 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14451 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14452 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14453 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14459 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14462 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14463 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14464 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14465 Tab indents for Icon code.
14466 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14467 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14469 Variables controlling indentation style:
14470 icon-tab-always-indent
14471 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14472 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14474 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14475 inserted in Icon code.
14477 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14478 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14479 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14480 icon-continued-statement-offset
14481 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14482 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14483 icon-continued-brace-offset
14484 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14485 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14487 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14488 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14489 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14490 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14492 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14499 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14500 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14503 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14504 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14505 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14506 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14508 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14509 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14512 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14513 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14515 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14516 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14517 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14521 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14525 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
14527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14529 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14530 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14532 The main features of this mode are
14534 1. Indentation and Formatting
14535 --------------------------
14536 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14537 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14539 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14540 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14541 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14542 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14544 Comments are indented as follows:
14546 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14547 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14548 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14550 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14552 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14553 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14554 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14555 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14556 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14557 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14559 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14560 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14561 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14562 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14566 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14567 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14568 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14569 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14570 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14571 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14572 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14573 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14574 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14575 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14580 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14581 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14582 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14583 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14587 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14588 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14589 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14590 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14591 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14594 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14595 --------------------------------
14596 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14597 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14599 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14600 \\fu FUNCTION template
14601 \\c CASE statement template
14602 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14603 \\f FOR loop template
14604 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14605 \\w WHILE loop template
14606 \\i IF statement template
14607 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14610 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14611 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14613 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14614 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14615 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14616 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14618 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14619 -------------------------
14620 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14621 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14623 7. Automatic END completion
14624 ------------------------
14625 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14626 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14630 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14631 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14633 9. Documentation and Customization
14634 -------------------------------
14635 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14636 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14637 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14638 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14639 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14643 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14644 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14645 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14647 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14654 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14655 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14656 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14657 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14658 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14659 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14660 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14661 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17817
14663 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14665 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14666 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14667 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14668 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14670 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14671 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14672 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14675 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14677 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14679 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14680 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14681 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14682 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14683 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14684 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14685 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14686 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14687 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14691 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another buffer.
14693 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14694 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14697 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14698 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14699 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14700 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14701 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14703 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14704 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14706 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14707 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14709 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14710 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14711 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14712 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14713 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14714 in a separate window.
14715 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14716 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14719 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14720 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14721 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14722 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14727 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14729 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14734 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14735 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14736 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14741 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14743 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14748 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14749 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14750 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14755 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14756 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14757 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14762 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14767 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14768 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14769 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14770 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14771 visible in another frame.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14774 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14775 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14776 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14777 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14778 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14780 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14781 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14783 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14784 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14786 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14787 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14788 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14789 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14790 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14791 in a separate window.
14792 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14793 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14794 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14795 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14796 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14797 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14798 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14799 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14802 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14803 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14804 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14805 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14806 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14810 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14811 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14817 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14818 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14824 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14825 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14831 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14832 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14838 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14839 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14840 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14845 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14846 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14852 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14853 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14854 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14859 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14860 Write current buffer to a file.
14861 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14862 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14866 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14867 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14868 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14869 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14873 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14874 Call `dired' the ido way.
14875 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14876 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14880 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14881 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14882 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14883 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14884 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14885 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14887 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14889 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14890 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14891 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14892 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14894 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14896 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14897 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14898 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14899 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14901 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14903 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14904 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14905 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14906 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14907 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14908 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14909 with `completing-read'.
14910 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14911 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14912 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14913 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14914 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14915 with point positioned at the end.
14916 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14917 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14919 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14923 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17817 13976))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14925 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14927 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14928 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14929 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14935 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14936 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
14937 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14939 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14940 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14944 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14945 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14951 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14952 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14953 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14954 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14955 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17817 16882))
14956 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14958 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14959 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14960 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14963 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14965 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14966 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14967 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14972 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14973 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14974 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14977 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14979 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14980 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14981 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14984 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14986 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14987 Determine and return image type.
14988 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14989 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14990 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14991 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14992 use its file extension as image type.
14993 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14995 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14997 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14998 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14999 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15001 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15003 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15004 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15005 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15006 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15008 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15012 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15014 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15015 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15016 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15017 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15018 use its file extension as image type.
15019 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15020 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15021 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15022 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15024 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15026 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15028 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15029 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15030 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15031 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15032 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15033 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15034 POS may be an integer or marker.
15035 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15036 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15037 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15038 means display it in the right marginal area.
15040 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15042 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15043 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15044 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15045 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15046 defaulted if you omit it.
15047 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15048 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15049 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15050 means display it in the right marginal area.
15051 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15052 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15053 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15054 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15055 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15057 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15059 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15060 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15061 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15062 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15063 defaulted if you omit it.
15064 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15065 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15066 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15067 means display it in the right marginal area.
15068 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15070 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15072 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15073 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15074 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15075 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15077 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15079 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15080 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15082 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15084 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15085 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15086 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15087 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15088 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15089 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15090 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15091 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15094 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15096 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15098 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15100 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15101 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15103 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15104 documentation string.
15106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15107 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15111 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15112 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15117 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15118 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15120 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15124 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15125 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15126 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
15127 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15129 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15130 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15131 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15132 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15134 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15135 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15136 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15137 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15139 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
15141 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15142 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15143 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15144 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15146 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15147 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15148 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15149 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15151 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
15153 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15154 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15158 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15159 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15160 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15161 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15163 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15165 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15166 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15167 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15169 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15171 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15173 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15175 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15176 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15177 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15178 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15180 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15181 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15182 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15189 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17713 5990))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15191 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15192 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15193 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15194 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15195 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15196 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15198 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15199 Major mode for image files.
15200 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15201 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15205 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15206 Toggle Image minor mode.
15207 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15208 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15212 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15213 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15214 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15215 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15216 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15217 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15219 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15220 information on these modes.
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15227 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17817 13976))
15228 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15230 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15231 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15233 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15235 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15236 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15239 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15241 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15242 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15243 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15245 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15247 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15248 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15250 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15251 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15252 pattern's structure.
15254 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15255 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15256 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15259 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15261 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15262 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15264 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15265 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15266 called within a `save-excursion'.
15268 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15270 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15272 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15273 Function for finding the next index position.
15275 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15276 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15277 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15280 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15281 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15283 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15285 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15286 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15288 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15289 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15290 It should return the name for that index item.")
15292 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15294 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15295 Function to compare string with index item.
15297 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15298 non-nil if they match.
15300 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15301 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15302 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15303 arguments match\".")
15305 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15307 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15308 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15309 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15311 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15313 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15317 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15318 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15319 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15320 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15324 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15325 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15327 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15331 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15332 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15333 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15334 for more information.
15336 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15340 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15341 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15342 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17817 14144))
15343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15345 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15346 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15350 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15353 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15355 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15358 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15360 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15363 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15365 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15366 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15367 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15368 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15369 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15371 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15373 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15374 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15375 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15376 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15377 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15379 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15384 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15388 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15389 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15390 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15391 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15392 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15394 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15396 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15397 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15399 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15401 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15402 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15403 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15404 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15405 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15406 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15407 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15408 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15410 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15412 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15413 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15414 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15415 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15416 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15418 This variable is only used if the variable
15419 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15421 More precise choices:
15422 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15423 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15426 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15428 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15430 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15431 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15433 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15434 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15435 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15437 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15438 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15439 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15443 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15445 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15450 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15451 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15452 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17817 16152))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15455 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15456 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15458 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15459 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15460 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15462 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15463 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15464 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15465 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15466 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15467 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15468 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15469 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15470 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15471 with the top-level Info directory.
15473 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15474 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15475 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15476 appended to the Info buffer name.
15478 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15479 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15480 in all the directories in that path.
15482 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15484 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15485 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15489 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15490 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15491 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15492 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15496 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15497 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15498 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15499 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15501 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15503 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15504 Go to the Info directory node.
15508 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15509 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15510 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15511 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15512 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15513 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15515 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15517 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15518 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15519 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15521 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15523 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15524 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15525 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15526 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15527 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15529 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15530 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15532 Selecting other nodes:
15533 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15534 Follow a node reference you click on.
15535 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15536 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15537 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15538 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15539 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15540 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15541 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15542 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15543 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15544 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15545 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15546 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15547 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15548 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15549 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15550 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15551 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15552 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15553 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15554 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15556 Moving within a node:
15557 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15558 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15559 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15560 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15561 move up to the parent node.
15562 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15563 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15565 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15568 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15569 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15570 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15571 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15572 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15573 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15574 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15575 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15576 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15577 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15578 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15579 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15580 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15581 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15582 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15583 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15586 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15588 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15589 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15590 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15591 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15592 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15593 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15595 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15596 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15598 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15599 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15601 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15602 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15603 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15604 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15608 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15609 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15610 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15617 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15618 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15621 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15622 Throw away all cached data.
15623 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15624 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15628 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15630 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15631 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15632 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15633 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15634 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15635 one found at point.
15637 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15639 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15640 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15642 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15643 Display the documentation of a file.
15644 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15645 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15646 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15647 The default file name is the one found at point.
15649 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15651 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15653 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15654 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15656 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15659 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15661 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15665 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15666 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15669 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15670 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15672 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15674 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15675 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15676 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15680 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15681 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15682 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15684 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15685 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15692 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15693 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17817 13976))
15694 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15696 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15697 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15699 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15701 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15702 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15703 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15705 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15706 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15707 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15709 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15710 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15711 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15712 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15716 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15717 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15718 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15722 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15723 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15724 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15725 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15726 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15732 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15733 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15734 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
15735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15737 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15738 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15742 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15743 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15747 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15750 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15754 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17817
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15758 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15759 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15760 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15761 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15762 accessed via isearchb.
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15769 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15772 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15773 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15774 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15775 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15776 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15777 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15779 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15780 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15782 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15783 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15784 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15785 \"s gives German sharp s.
15786 /a gives a with ring.
15787 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15788 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15789 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15790 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15792 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15793 and a negative argument disables it.
15795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15799 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15800 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15801 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15802 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17817 14140))
15803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15805 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15806 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15807 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15808 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15810 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15812 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15813 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15814 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15815 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15817 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15819 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15820 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15821 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15822 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15824 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15826 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15827 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15828 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15829 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15831 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15833 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15834 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15835 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15836 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15838 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15840 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15841 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15842 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15843 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15845 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15847 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15848 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15849 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15850 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15852 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15854 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15855 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15856 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15857 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15859 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15861 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15862 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15863 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15864 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15866 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15868 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15869 Warn that format is read-only.
15873 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15874 Warn that format is write-only.
15878 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15879 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15886 ;;;;;; (17817 14140))
15887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15888 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15889 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15890 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15895 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15896 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15897 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15898 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15899 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15901 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15903 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15904 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15905 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15906 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15908 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15909 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15911 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15912 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15913 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15915 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15916 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15919 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15921 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15923 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15925 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15927 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15929 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15931 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15933 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15934 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15936 Each element of this list is also a list:
15938 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15939 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15941 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15942 nil means the default dictionary.
15944 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15947 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15949 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15950 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15951 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15952 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15953 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15954 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15955 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15956 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15957 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15959 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15960 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15961 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15962 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15963 for non-ASCII bytes.
15965 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15966 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15969 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15972 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15973 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15974 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15975 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15976 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15977 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15978 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15979 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15981 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15983 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15984 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15985 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15987 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15988 Key map for ispell menu.")
15990 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15991 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15992 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15993 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15995 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15997 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15999 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16001 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16003 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16004 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16005 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16006 Valid forms include:
16007 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16008 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16009 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16010 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16012 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16013 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16014 First list is used raw.
16015 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16017 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16018 for skipping in latex mode.")
16020 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16021 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16022 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16023 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16024 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16025 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16027 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16028 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16029 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16030 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16032 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16033 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16034 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16035 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16036 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16038 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16039 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16041 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16042 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16044 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16045 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16048 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16049 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16050 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16051 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16052 quit spell session exited.
16054 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16056 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16057 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16058 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16060 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16062 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16063 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16067 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16068 SPC: Accept word this time.
16069 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16070 `a': Accept word for this session.
16071 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16072 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16073 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16074 `?': Show these commands.
16075 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16076 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16077 the aborted check to be completed later.
16078 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16079 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16080 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16081 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16082 `C-l': redraws screen
16083 `C-r': recursive edit
16084 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16088 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16089 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16090 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16092 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16094 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16095 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16096 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16097 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16099 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16101 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16103 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16104 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16105 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16106 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16108 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16110 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16111 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16115 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16116 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16120 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16121 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16125 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16126 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16127 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16128 sequence inside of a word.
16130 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16132 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16134 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16135 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16139 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16140 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16141 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16142 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16144 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16145 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16146 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16147 available on the net.
16151 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16152 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16153 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16155 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16156 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16158 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16159 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16163 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16164 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16165 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16166 Don't check included messages.
16168 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16169 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16170 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16172 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16173 in your .emacs file:
16174 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16175 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16176 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16177 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16179 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16180 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16181 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16187 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16189 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16191 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16192 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16193 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16195 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16197 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16199 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16201 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16202 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16203 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16204 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16205 `iswitchb' for details.
16207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16212 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16213 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16214 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17817 15478))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16217 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16222 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16223 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16224 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16225 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16226 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16227 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16228 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16229 necessary to represent OBJ.
16231 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16233 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16234 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16235 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16236 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16238 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16240 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16241 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16242 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16243 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16244 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16246 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16248 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16249 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16250 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16251 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16253 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16255 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16256 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16257 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16258 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16260 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16262 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16263 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16265 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16267 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16269 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16270 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16271 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16273 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16275 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16276 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16277 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16278 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16279 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16281 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16283 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16284 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16285 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16287 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16292 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17817 13976))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16295 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16296 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16297 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16298 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16300 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16303 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16305 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16306 Uninstall jka-compr.
16307 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16308 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16309 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16316 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16317 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16320 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16321 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16322 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16323 decimal key must be specified.")
16325 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16327 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16328 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16329 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16330 decimal key must be specified.")
16332 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16334 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16335 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16336 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16337 decimal key must be specified.")
16339 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16341 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16342 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16343 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16344 decimal key must be specified.")
16346 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16348 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16349 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16350 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16351 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16352 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16356 -------------------------------------------------------------
16357 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16358 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16359 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16360 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16361 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16362 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16363 in the global and local keymaps.
16365 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16366 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16368 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16373 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
16374 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16376 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16377 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16378 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16380 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16381 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16382 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16383 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16386 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16387 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16388 the context of text formatting.
16390 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17817
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16398 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16399 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16400 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16401 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16402 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16403 positions that contains the current selection.")
16405 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16406 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16407 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16408 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16409 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16410 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16411 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16418 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16419 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16420 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17778 50473))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16422 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16423 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16424 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16425 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16426 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16427 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16428 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16430 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16431 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16432 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16433 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16434 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16436 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16438 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16439 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16440 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16442 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16443 defining the macro.
16445 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16446 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16447 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16449 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16450 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16454 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16455 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16456 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16457 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16458 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16461 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16462 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16463 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16467 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16468 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16469 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16471 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16472 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16473 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16474 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16476 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16477 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16479 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16481 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16482 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16483 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16485 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16488 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16489 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16491 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16492 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16493 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16495 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16496 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16500 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16501 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16502 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16503 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16505 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16507 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16508 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16509 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16510 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16512 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16513 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16515 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16517 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16518 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16519 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16521 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16525 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16526 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16527 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16530 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16532 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16537 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16542 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16545 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16549 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16550 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17817 15478))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16553 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16554 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16555 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16557 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16564 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16565 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16568 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16570 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16571 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16575 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16577 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16578 Start or resume an Lm game.
16579 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16580 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16582 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16583 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16584 none / 1 | yes | no
16589 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16590 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16591 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16597 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16598 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16599 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17817
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16603 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16606 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16608 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16609 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16610 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16611 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16612 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16613 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16615 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16616 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16618 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16620 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16621 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16623 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16625 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16628 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16630 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16631 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16632 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16633 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16636 The return value is number of composed characters.
16638 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16640 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16643 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16647 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16648 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16649 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17713 5990))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16652 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16653 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16654 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16655 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16657 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16659 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16660 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16661 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16663 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16665 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16666 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16667 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16671 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16672 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16673 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16674 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16676 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16680 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16681 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17817 14141))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16684 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16685 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16686 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16687 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16688 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16689 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16690 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16691 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16693 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16694 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16697 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16699 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16701 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16702 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16703 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16704 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16705 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16706 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16707 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16708 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16710 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16712 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16713 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16714 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16715 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16718 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16720 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16725 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16728 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16729 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16730 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16731 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16733 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16735 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16736 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16739 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16741 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16742 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16743 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16744 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16745 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16748 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16749 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16750 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16751 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16752 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16754 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16755 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16756 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16757 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16758 slow to keep up with your typing.
16760 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16761 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16762 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16763 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16764 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16765 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16767 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16768 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16769 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16770 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16772 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16773 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16774 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16775 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16777 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16778 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16779 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16780 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16781 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16785 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16786 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16793 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16796 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16798 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16800 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16801 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16807 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16808 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16811 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16812 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16814 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16815 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16817 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16818 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16820 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16821 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16822 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16823 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16824 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16825 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16826 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16827 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16828 and transmit saved text.
16831 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16832 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16836 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16843 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17713 5990))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16846 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16847 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16848 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16849 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16850 generations (this defaults to 1).
16852 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16856 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17817
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16860 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16861 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16862 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16863 is nil, raise an error.
16865 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16866 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16867 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16868 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16869 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16870 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16871 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16872 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16873 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16875 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16880 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17778 50475))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16883 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16884 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16885 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16887 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16889 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16890 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16891 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16892 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16894 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16895 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16896 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16897 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16898 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16899 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16902 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16903 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16905 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16906 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16908 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16910 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16911 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16912 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16913 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16914 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16915 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16916 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16917 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16918 to constrain a big search.
16920 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16921 except that FILTER is not optional.
16923 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17817 13976))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16930 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16931 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16932 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16933 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16934 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16935 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16936 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16937 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16938 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16939 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16940 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16941 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16942 uses the current buffer.
16944 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16952 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16953 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16959 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17778
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16963 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16964 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16965 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16966 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16967 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16969 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16970 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16971 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16973 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16974 are indicated with a symbol.
16976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16980 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16981 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17713
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16985 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16987 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16989 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16990 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16991 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16993 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16994 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16996 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16997 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16998 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16999 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17000 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17001 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17002 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17004 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17006 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17007 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17008 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17009 switch on this list.
17010 See `lpr-command'.")
17012 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17014 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17015 *Name of program for printing a file.
17017 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17018 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17019 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17020 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17021 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17022 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17025 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17027 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17028 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17029 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17030 for customization of the printer command.
17034 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17035 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17037 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17038 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17039 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17040 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17042 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17043 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17045 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17046 for further customization of the printer command.
17050 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17051 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for customization of the printer command.
17055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17057 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17058 Paginate and print the region contents.
17060 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17061 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17062 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17063 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17065 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17066 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17069 for further customization of the printer command.
17071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17075 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17076 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17079 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17080 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17081 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17083 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17091 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17092 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17093 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17095 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17101 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
17103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17105 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17106 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17114 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17117 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17118 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17119 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17120 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17121 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17123 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17127 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17128 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17817 13976))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17131 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17132 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17133 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17134 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17135 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17137 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17139 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17140 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17141 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17142 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17144 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17145 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17146 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17147 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17150 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17151 use this command, and then save the file.
17153 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17155 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17156 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17157 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17158 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17159 each time the macro executes.
17160 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17161 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17162 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17163 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17164 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17165 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17166 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17170 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17171 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17172 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17173 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17175 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17176 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17177 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17180 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17181 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17183 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17184 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17185 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17186 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17187 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17189 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17192 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17193 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17194 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17196 You could enter the names in this format:
17202 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17205 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17208 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17209 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17211 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17212 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17216 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17217 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17220 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17221 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17222 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17223 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17224 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17225 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17227 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17228 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17229 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17230 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17231 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17233 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17234 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17235 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17238 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17240 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17241 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17243 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17248 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17249 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17252 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17253 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17257 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17262 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17263 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17265 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17267 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17268 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17269 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17272 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17279 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17280 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17284 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17285 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17286 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17287 often correct parser.")
17289 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17291 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17294 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17297 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17298 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17299 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17301 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17303 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17304 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17308 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17310 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17311 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17312 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17313 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17314 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17315 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17316 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17319 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17321 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17322 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17323 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17324 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17325 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17326 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17328 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17333 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17817 14119))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17336 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17337 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17341 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17342 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17343 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17345 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17347 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17348 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17349 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17351 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17356 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17817
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17360 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17361 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17362 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17364 If `parens', they look like:
17365 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17366 If `angles', they look like:
17367 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17369 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17371 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17372 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17373 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17374 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17375 their `Resent-' variants.
17377 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17378 removed from alias expansions.
17380 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17382 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17383 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17384 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17386 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17387 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17388 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17389 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17391 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17393 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17394 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17395 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17396 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17403 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17406 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17407 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17408 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17409 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17416 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17417 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17713 5991))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17420 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17421 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17423 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17424 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17425 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17426 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17427 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17428 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17430 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17431 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17432 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17433 dependency, despite the colon.
17435 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17437 In the browser, use the following keys:
17439 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17441 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17443 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17444 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17446 `makefile-target-colon':
17447 The string that gets appended to all target names
17448 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17449 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17451 `makefile-macro-assign':
17452 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17453 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17454 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17455 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17456 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17457 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17459 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17460 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17461 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17463 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17464 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17466 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17467 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17468 up or down in the browser.
17470 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17471 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17473 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17474 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17476 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17477 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17478 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17479 has been selected in the browser.
17481 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17482 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17483 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17484 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17485 filenames are omitted.
17487 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17488 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17489 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17490 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17491 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17492 the backslash itself intact.
17493 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17494 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17496 `makefile-browser-hook':
17497 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17498 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17500 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17501 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17502 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17503 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17507 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17508 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17512 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17513 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17517 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17518 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17522 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17523 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17527 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17528 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17817
17536 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17538 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17539 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17540 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17546 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17817 14146))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17549 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17551 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17552 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17553 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17554 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17555 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17556 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17557 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17559 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17560 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17561 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17562 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17564 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17566 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17567 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17569 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17817 13976))
17574 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17576 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17577 Toggle Master mode.
17578 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17579 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17580 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17582 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17583 following commands:
17585 \\{master-mode-map}
17587 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17588 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17589 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17595 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17817
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17599 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17601 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17602 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17603 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17606 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17608 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17610 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17611 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17612 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17613 created in the future.
17614 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17615 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17621 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17622 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17623 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17624 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17625 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17626 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17627 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17628 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17629 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17630 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17631 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17817 16940))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17634 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17635 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17637 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17639 If `parens', they look like:
17640 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17641 If `angles', they look like:
17642 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17644 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17645 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17647 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17649 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17650 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17652 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17654 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17655 *Local news organization file.")
17657 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17659 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17660 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17661 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17662 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17664 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17665 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17666 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17668 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17670 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17672 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17673 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17675 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17676 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17677 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17678 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17680 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17682 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17683 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17684 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17685 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17687 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17689 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17690 *Function for citing an original message.
17691 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17692 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17693 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17695 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17697 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17698 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17699 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17700 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17701 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17703 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17705 (defvar message-signature t "\
17706 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17707 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17708 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17709 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17711 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17713 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17714 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17715 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17716 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17718 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17720 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17721 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17723 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17725 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17727 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17728 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17729 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17730 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17731 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17732 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17733 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17734 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17735 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17736 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17737 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17738 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17739 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17740 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17741 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17742 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17743 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17744 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17745 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17746 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17747 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17748 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17749 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17750 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17751 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17752 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17753 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17754 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17755 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17756 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17757 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17758 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17759 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17760 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17761 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17762 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17763 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17767 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17768 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17769 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17771 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17773 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17774 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17776 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17778 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17779 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17781 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17783 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17784 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17786 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17788 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17789 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17790 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17792 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17794 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17795 Cancel an article you posted.
17796 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17800 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17801 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17802 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17803 header line with the old Message-ID.
17807 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17808 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17812 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17813 Forward the current message via mail.
17814 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17815 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17817 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17819 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17822 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17824 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17827 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17829 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17830 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17834 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17835 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17837 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17839 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17840 Re-mail the current message.
17841 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17842 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17847 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17848 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17850 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17852 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17853 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17857 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17858 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17860 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17862 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17863 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17865 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17867 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17868 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17869 Works by overstriking characters.
17870 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17871 which specify the range to operate on.
17873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17875 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17876 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17877 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17878 which specify the range to operate on.
17880 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17884 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17885 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17888 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17889 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17893 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17894 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17898 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17899 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17903 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17904 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17910 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17911 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17912 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17915 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17916 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17917 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17921 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17922 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17923 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17924 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17925 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17926 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17927 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17929 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17931 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17932 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17933 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17934 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17935 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17937 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17938 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17940 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17942 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17943 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17944 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17945 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17946 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17948 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17949 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17951 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17955 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17956 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17957 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17713 5990))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17960 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17961 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17966 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17967 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17968 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17972 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17973 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17975 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17976 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17977 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17979 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17980 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17982 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17983 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17985 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17987 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17989 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17990 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17991 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17992 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17993 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17996 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17997 initial Subject field, respectively.
17999 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18000 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18003 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18006 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18008 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18009 Save draft and send message.
18011 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18012 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18013 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18016 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18017 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18018 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18020 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18021 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18022 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18023 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18024 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18025 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18027 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18028 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18032 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18033 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18035 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18036 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18037 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18038 delete the draft message.
18044 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17778 50475))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18047 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18049 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18051 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18053 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18054 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18061 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18064 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18065 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18066 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18068 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18069 the MH mail system.
18071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18073 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18074 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18075 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18077 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18078 the MH mail system.
18080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18082 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18083 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18085 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18086 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18087 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18090 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18091 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18092 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18095 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18099 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18100 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18101 can be used in several ways.
18103 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18104 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18105 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18106 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18110 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18111 The range must be nonempty.
18116 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18117 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18124 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18127 All of the messages.
18129 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18130 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18132 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18133 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18134 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18136 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18142 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18143 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17817 13976))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18146 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18147 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18148 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18149 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18150 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18151 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18152 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18153 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18154 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18155 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18156 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18160 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18161 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18162 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18163 to its second argument TM.
18165 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18170 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18173 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18174 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18175 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18177 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18179 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18181 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18183 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18184 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18185 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18186 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18187 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18188 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18189 default indication.
18191 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18192 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18199 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18202 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18203 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18208 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18212 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18213 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18214 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18217 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18222 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18225 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18227 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18228 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18229 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18232 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18236 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18237 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17713 5203))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18240 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18241 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18243 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18245 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18246 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18247 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18248 the entire message.
18249 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18251 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18256 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18259 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18260 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18261 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18262 the entire message.
18263 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18265 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18270 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17817 13970))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18273 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18274 Insert file contents of URL.
18275 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18279 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18280 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18282 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18286 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18287 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17778 50473))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18290 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18291 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18292 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18293 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18294 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18296 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18298 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18299 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18300 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18302 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18307 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18310 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18313 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18315 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18318 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18323 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18324 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17778 50473))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18327 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18330 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18335 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18337 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18340 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18342 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18345 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18347 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18350 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18352 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18355 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18357 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18365 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18368 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18369 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18370 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18371 followed by the first character of the construct.
18373 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18374 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18375 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18376 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18377 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18378 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18379 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18380 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18381 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18382 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18383 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18384 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18385 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18388 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18389 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18390 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18397 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18400 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18401 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18403 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18405 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18406 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18408 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17817
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18416 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18417 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18418 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18421 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18423 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18425 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18426 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18427 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18428 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18430 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18432 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18434 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18436 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18437 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18438 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18439 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18440 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18441 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18443 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18444 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18445 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18446 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18447 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18449 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18450 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18452 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18453 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18455 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18457 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18458 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18459 primary selection and region.
18461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18465 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17817 14125))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18468 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18469 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18478 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18479 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18480 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18482 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18484 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18486 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18488 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18489 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18490 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18496 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18497 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18498 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18499 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18500 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18501 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18504 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18505 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18506 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18507 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18508 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18509 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18510 set of ISO charsets.
18512 Each element has the following format:
18513 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18515 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18517 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18518 CHARSET are mapped.
18520 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18521 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18522 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18523 character code in CHARSET.
18525 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18526 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18527 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18529 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18530 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18532 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18533 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18535 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18536 Display a list of all character sets.
18538 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18539 internal Emacs use.
18541 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18542 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18543 hexadecimal digits.
18544 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18545 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18547 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18548 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18549 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18550 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18552 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18553 but still shows the full information.
18557 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18558 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18559 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18560 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18561 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18563 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18564 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18565 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18566 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18567 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18569 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18571 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18572 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18573 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18574 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18575 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18577 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18579 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18580 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18582 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18584 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18587 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18589 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18592 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18593 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18595 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18596 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18597 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18598 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18599 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18600 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18601 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18604 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18605 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18606 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18609 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18610 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18614 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18619 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display a list of all coding systems.
18621 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18623 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18624 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18628 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display a list of all coding categories.
18633 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18635 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18637 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18639 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display information about FONTSET.
18641 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18643 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18645 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of all fontsets.
18647 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18648 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18649 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18653 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about all input methods.
18658 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18661 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18662 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18663 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18664 system which uses fontsets).
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18671 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18672 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18673 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18674 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18675 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17817 15478))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18678 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18679 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18680 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18682 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18684 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18686 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18687 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18689 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18690 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18692 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18693 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18695 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18697 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18698 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18699 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18700 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18701 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18702 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18703 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18705 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18706 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18707 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18708 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18709 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18710 middle of a character in STR.
18712 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18713 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18715 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18716 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18717 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18718 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18719 defaults to \"...\".
18721 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18723 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18724 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18726 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18727 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18728 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18730 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18731 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18732 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18734 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18735 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18736 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18738 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18739 longer than KEYSEQ.
18740 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18742 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18744 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18745 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18746 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18747 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18748 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18749 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18750 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18751 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18752 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18753 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18754 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18756 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18758 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18759 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18761 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18763 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18764 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18766 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18768 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18769 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18771 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18773 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18774 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18776 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18778 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18779 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18780 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18781 coding systems ordered by priority.
18783 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18785 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18786 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18787 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18788 language environment LANG-ENV.
18790 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18792 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18793 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18794 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18795 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18796 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18797 basis, this may not be accurate.
18799 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18803 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18804 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18807 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18808 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18809 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18811 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18813 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18815 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18816 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18817 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18818 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18822 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18823 Enable mouse wheel support.
18825 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18829 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18830 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18831 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18832 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18835 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18836 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18838 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18840 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18842 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18843 `ping-program-options'.
18847 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18848 Run ipconfig program.
18852 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18854 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18855 Run netstat program.
18859 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run the arp program.
18864 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18865 Run the route program.
18869 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18870 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18874 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18875 Run nslookup program.
18879 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18880 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18884 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18889 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18894 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18895 Finger USER on HOST.
18897 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18899 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18900 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18901 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18902 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18904 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18906 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18911 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18912 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18914 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18916 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18917 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18919 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18924 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18925 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18926 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18927 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18928 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17817 13976))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18931 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18933 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18935 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18937 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18939 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18940 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18941 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18942 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18943 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18944 Major modes should set this variable.")
18946 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18947 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18948 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18949 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18950 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18951 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18953 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18954 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18956 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18957 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18958 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18960 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18961 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18962 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18963 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18964 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18966 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18967 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18968 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18970 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18971 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18972 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18973 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18975 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18976 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18977 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18978 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18979 column indentation or nil.
18980 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18982 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18983 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18984 The function has no args.
18986 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18987 comments always start in column zero.")
18989 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18990 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18991 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18993 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18995 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18996 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18997 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18998 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19000 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19001 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19003 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19005 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19006 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19007 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19008 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19009 customize this variable.
19011 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19012 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19014 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19016 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19017 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19018 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19019 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19020 the variables are properly set.
19022 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19024 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19025 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19029 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19030 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19031 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19033 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19035 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19036 Set the comment column based on point.
19037 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19038 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19039 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19040 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19044 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19045 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19046 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19050 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19051 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19052 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19055 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19057 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19058 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19059 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19060 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19061 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19062 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19063 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19064 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19066 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19067 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19069 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19072 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19073 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19074 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19076 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19078 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19079 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19080 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19081 is passed on to the respective function.
19083 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19085 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19086 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19087 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19088 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19089 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19090 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19091 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19092 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19093 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19097 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19098 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19099 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19101 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19103 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19104 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19105 This indents the body of the continued comment
19106 under the previous comment line.
19108 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19109 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19110 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19112 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19113 or comment indentation.
19115 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19116 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19118 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19123 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19124 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19127 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19128 Check whether newsticker is running.
19129 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19130 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19134 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19135 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19136 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19137 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19142 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19143 Start the newsticker.
19144 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19145 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19146 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19147 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19149 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19151 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19152 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19153 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19158 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19159 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19166 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19169 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19170 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19172 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19176 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19180 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19181 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19182 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19183 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19184 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19185 symbol in the alist.
19187 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19191 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19192 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19195 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19196 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19197 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19203 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19204 ;;;;;; (17817 14138))
19205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19207 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19208 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19209 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19219 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19220 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19222 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19227 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17778 50473))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19230 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19231 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19235 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19236 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19240 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19241 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19247 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19248 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17817 13976))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19251 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19252 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19253 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19255 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19257 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19260 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19262 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19263 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19264 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19265 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19266 to future sessions.
19268 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19271 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19274 to future sessions.
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19284 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19285 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19287 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19288 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19289 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19295 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19296 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19299 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19300 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19301 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19302 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19303 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19309 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (17778 49132))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19313 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19314 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19315 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19317 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19319 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19320 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19322 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19323 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19324 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19328 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19332 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19333 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19336 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19337 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19339 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19340 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19341 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19342 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19344 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19345 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19346 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19347 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19348 is why you need this mode!).
19350 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19351 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19352 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19354 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19359 \\{octave-mode-map}
19361 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19362 ==============================================
19365 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19368 octave-auto-newline
19369 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19372 octave-blink-matching-block
19373 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19374 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19376 octave-block-offset
19377 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19380 octave-continuation-offset
19381 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19384 octave-continuation-string
19385 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19386 Default is a backslash.
19388 octave-mode-startup-message
19389 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19392 octave-send-echo-input
19393 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19394 command to the inferior Octave process.
19396 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19397 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19398 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19400 octave-send-echo-input
19401 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19403 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19405 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19406 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19408 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19409 (setq auto-mode-alist
19410 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19412 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19413 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19415 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19419 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19420 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19422 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19423 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19424 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19425 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19432 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
19433 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19435 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19436 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19437 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19441 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19442 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19443 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19444 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19445 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19447 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19453 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19454 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19455 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19456 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19457 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19458 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19459 ;;;;;; (17817 15940))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19462 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19463 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19464 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19466 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19467 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19468 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19469 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19470 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19471 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19472 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19473 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19474 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19475 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19477 The following commands are available:
19483 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19484 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19486 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19487 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19488 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19489 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19490 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19492 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19493 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19494 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19495 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19496 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19497 and zoom in further.
19498 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19500 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19501 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19502 is negative, go up that many levels.
19504 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19505 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19506 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19508 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19509 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19513 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19514 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19518 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19519 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19520 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19521 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19523 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19524 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19525 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19526 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19527 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19528 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19529 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19530 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19532 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19533 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19534 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19536 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19537 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19538 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19542 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19543 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19544 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19545 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19546 before running the agenda command.
19548 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19550 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19551 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19552 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19553 will be able to go to other weeks.
19554 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19555 also be shown, under the current date.
19556 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19557 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19558 to turn on logging.
19559 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19560 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19561 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19563 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19565 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19566 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19567 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19568 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19569 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19570 `org-todo-keywords'.
19574 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19575 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19576 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19577 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19581 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19582 Return diary information from org-files.
19583 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19584 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19585 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19586 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19588 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19589 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19590 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19592 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19593 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19594 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19595 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19597 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19598 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19599 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19601 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19602 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19603 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19604 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19606 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19608 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19610 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19611 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19615 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19616 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19619 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19621 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19622 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19623 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19625 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19627 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19628 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19629 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19631 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19633 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19634 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19635 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19636 \\[org-insert-link].
19637 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19638 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19639 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19643 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19644 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19645 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19646 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19647 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19651 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19652 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19653 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19654 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19658 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19659 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19660 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19661 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19662 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19663 file the text at a specific location.
19664 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19665 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19666 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19668 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19669 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19670 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19671 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19672 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19673 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19674 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19675 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19677 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19678 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19679 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19680 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19682 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19683 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19684 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19686 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19687 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19688 \(i.e. after the stars).
19690 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19694 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19695 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19699 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19700 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19704 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19705 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19706 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19707 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19711 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19712 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19713 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19714 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19718 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19719 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19720 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19726 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19727 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19729 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19731 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19732 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19733 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19734 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19736 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19737 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19738 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19739 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19741 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19742 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19743 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19744 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19745 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19746 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19748 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19749 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19750 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19752 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19753 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19754 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19755 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19756 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19757 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19758 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19759 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19760 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19761 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19762 The subheadings remain visible.
19763 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19765 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19766 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19767 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19769 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19770 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19774 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19775 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19776 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19777 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19786 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19787 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19788 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19789 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19790 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19791 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19792 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19793 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19794 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19798 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17778 50475))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19801 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19802 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19803 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19806 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19808 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19810 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19811 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19812 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19813 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19815 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19816 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19823 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19826 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19827 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19828 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19829 unknown are returned as nil.
19831 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19835 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19839 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19840 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19841 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19843 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19844 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19846 Other useful functions are:
19848 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19849 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19850 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19851 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19852 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19853 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19854 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19855 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19856 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19858 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19860 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19861 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19862 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19863 Indentation for case statements.
19864 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19865 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19867 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19868 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19869 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19870 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19871 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19872 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19873 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19874 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19875 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19876 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19878 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19879 pascal-separator-keywords.
19881 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19882 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19888 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19889 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
19890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19892 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19893 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19894 The keys affected are:
19895 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19896 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19897 M-Backspace does undo.
19898 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19899 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19900 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19907 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19910 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19911 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19912 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19914 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19916 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19918 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19920 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19921 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19923 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19925 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19926 which modify the status of the mark.
19928 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19929 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19931 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19932 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19934 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19935 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19936 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19937 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19938 turning PC Selection mode on.
19940 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19941 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19943 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19944 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19945 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19947 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19948 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19949 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19951 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19952 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19954 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19955 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19956 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19958 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19959 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19960 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19966 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19967 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19972 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19973 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19974 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19975 and cursor movement commands.
19976 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19978 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19980 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19984 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17817
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19988 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19989 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19995 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19996 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17817 13976))
19997 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19999 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20000 Completion for `gzip'.
20004 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20005 Completion for `bzip2'.
20009 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20010 Completion for GNU `make'.
20014 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20015 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20019 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20024 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17817 13976))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20028 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20032 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20033 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20038 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17817
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20049 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20050 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20051 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20052 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20053 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20059 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20060 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20061 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17817 13976))
20062 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20064 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20065 Completion for `cd'.
20069 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20072 Completion for `rmdir'.
20076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20077 Completion for `rm'.
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20082 Completion for `xargs'.
20086 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20088 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20089 Completion for `which'.
20093 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20094 Completion for the `chown' command.
20098 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20099 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20105 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20106 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20107 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20111 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20112 Support extensible programmable completion.
20113 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20114 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20116 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20118 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20119 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20124 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20125 This will modify the current buffer.
20129 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20130 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20136 This will modify the current buffer.
20140 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20141 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20145 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20146 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20150 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20151 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20152 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20153 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20154 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20156 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20158 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20159 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20165 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20166 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20167 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17817 13976))
20168 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20170 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20171 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20172 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20173 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20175 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20177 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20179 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20180 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20181 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20182 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20183 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20184 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20187 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20189 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20190 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20191 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20192 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20193 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20194 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20195 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20196 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20198 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20200 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20201 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20202 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20203 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20204 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20205 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20206 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20209 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20211 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20212 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20213 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20214 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20215 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20216 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20217 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20219 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20221 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20223 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20224 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20225 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20227 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20229 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20230 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20231 nil means never do it.
20232 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20233 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20234 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20236 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20238 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20239 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20240 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17817 13976))
20245 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20247 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20251 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20252 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20255 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20256 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20257 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20258 Tab indents for Perl code.
20259 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20260 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20261 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20263 Variables controlling indentation style:
20264 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20265 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20266 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20267 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20268 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20269 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20270 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20272 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20273 `perl-indent-level'
20274 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20275 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20276 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20277 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20278 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20279 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20280 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20281 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20282 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20283 `perl-brace-offset'
20284 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20285 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20286 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20287 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20288 `perl-label-offset'
20289 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20290 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20291 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20293 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20294 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20295 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20296 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20297 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20298 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20299 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20301 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20307 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20308 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20309 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20310 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17713 5990))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20313 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20314 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20316 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20318 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20319 passphrase cache or user.
20321 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20323 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20324 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20326 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20329 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20331 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20332 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20334 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20337 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20338 passphrase cache or user.
20340 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20342 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20343 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20345 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20347 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20350 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20351 passphrase cache or user.
20353 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20355 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20356 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20358 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20359 passphrase cache or user.
20361 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20363 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20364 Decrypt the current buffer.
20366 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20369 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20370 passphrase cache or user.
20372 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20374 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20375 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20377 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20378 a detached signature.
20380 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20381 and the the output is displayed.
20383 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20384 passphrase cache or user.
20386 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20388 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20389 Sign the current buffer.
20391 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20392 detached signature.
20394 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20397 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20398 and the the output is displayed.
20400 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20401 passphrase cache or user.
20403 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20405 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20406 Verify the current region between START and END.
20407 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20408 the detached signature of the current region.
20410 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20411 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20413 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20415 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20416 Verify the current buffer.
20417 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20418 the detached signature of the current region.
20419 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20420 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20421 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20424 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20426 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20427 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20431 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20432 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20434 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20436 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20437 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20443 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20444 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20447 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20448 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20450 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20454 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20455 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20458 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20459 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20460 \\<picture-mode-map>
20461 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20462 afterwards settable by these commands:
20464 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20465 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20466 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20467 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20469 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20470 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20471 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20472 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20474 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20475 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20476 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20477 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20479 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20480 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20481 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20482 with these commands:
20484 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20485 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20486 Move to column following last
20487 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20488 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20489 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20490 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20491 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20492 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20494 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20496 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20497 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20498 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20499 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20500 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20501 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20503 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20504 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20505 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20506 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20507 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20508 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20509 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20511 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20512 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20513 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20514 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20515 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20516 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20517 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20518 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20520 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20521 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20522 by supplying an argument.
20524 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20526 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20527 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20531 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20535 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20536 ;;;;;; (17611 9183))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20539 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20540 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20541 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20543 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20547 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20550 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20551 Play pong and waste time.
20552 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20553 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20555 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20563 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20564 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17778 50473))
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20567 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20568 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20569 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20570 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20572 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20574 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20575 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20579 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20580 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20581 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20582 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20583 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20585 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20587 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20588 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20589 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20590 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20591 in the variable `values'.
20593 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20596 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20598 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20599 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20600 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20601 Ignores leading comment characters.
20607 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20608 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20609 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20610 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20611 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20612 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20613 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20614 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20615 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20616 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20617 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20618 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20619 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20620 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20621 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20622 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20623 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20624 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20625 ;;;;;; (17817 13971))
20626 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20628 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20629 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20631 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20633 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20635 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20637 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20638 Preview directory using ghostview.
20640 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20641 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20642 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20643 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20645 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20646 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20647 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20648 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20649 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20652 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20654 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20656 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20657 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20659 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20660 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20661 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20662 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20664 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20665 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20666 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20667 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20668 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20671 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20673 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20675 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20676 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20678 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20679 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20680 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20681 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20683 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20684 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20685 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20686 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20687 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20690 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20692 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20694 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20695 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20697 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20699 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20700 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20701 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20702 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20704 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20705 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20706 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20707 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20708 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20711 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20713 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20715 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20716 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20718 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20719 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20720 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20722 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20723 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20724 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20725 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20727 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20729 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20730 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20732 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20733 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20734 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20736 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20737 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20738 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20739 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20741 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20744 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20746 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20747 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20748 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20750 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20751 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20752 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20753 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20755 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20757 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20758 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20760 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20764 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20768 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20769 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20774 Preview region using ghostview.
20776 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20778 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20780 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20781 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20783 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20788 Print region using PostScript printer.
20790 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20792 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20795 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20797 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20799 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20801 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20802 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20804 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20806 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20808 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20809 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20811 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20813 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20815 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20816 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20818 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20820 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20822 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20823 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20825 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20827 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20829 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20830 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20831 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20832 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20834 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20837 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20838 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20840 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20842 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20844 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20845 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20846 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20847 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20851 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20852 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20853 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20854 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20858 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20859 Print directory using text printer.
20861 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20864 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20865 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20867 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20869 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20871 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20872 Print buffer using text printer.
20876 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20877 Print region using text printer.
20881 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20882 Print major mode using text printer.
20886 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20887 Preview spooled PostScript.
20889 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20890 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20891 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20893 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20894 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20895 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20897 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20899 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20900 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20902 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20903 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20904 instead of sending it to the printer.
20906 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20907 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20908 image in a file with that name.
20910 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20912 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20913 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20915 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20916 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20917 instead of sending it to the printer.
20919 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20920 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20921 image in a file with that name.
20923 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20925 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20926 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20928 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20929 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20930 instead of sending it to the printer.
20932 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20933 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20934 image in a file with that name.
20936 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20938 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20939 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20941 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20943 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20944 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20946 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20948 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20949 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20951 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20953 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20954 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20956 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20958 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20959 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20961 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20963 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20964 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20967 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20968 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20969 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20971 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20972 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20973 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20974 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20975 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20976 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20979 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20981 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20982 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20986 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20987 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20989 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20991 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20996 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20997 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21001 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21002 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21006 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21007 Toggle printing with faces.
21011 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21016 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21021 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21024 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21026 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21031 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21036 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21037 Toggle upside-down.
21041 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21042 Toggle line number.
21046 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21047 Toggle zebra stripes.
21051 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21052 Toggle printing header.
21056 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21057 Toggle printing header frame.
21061 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21066 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21067 Toggle auto region.
21071 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21076 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21077 Customization of the `printing' group.
21079 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21081 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21082 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21084 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21086 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21087 Help for the printing package.
21089 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21091 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21092 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21096 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21097 Interactively select a text printer.
21101 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21102 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21106 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21107 Show current ps-print settings.
21109 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21111 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21112 Show current printing settings.
21114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21116 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21117 Show current lpr settings.
21119 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21121 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21122 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21124 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21125 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21126 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21127 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21130 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21132 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21133 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21134 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21136 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21137 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21138 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21139 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21140 current active printer.
21142 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21143 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21144 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21147 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21148 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21149 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21150 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21151 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21154 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21155 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21157 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21159 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21160 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21161 be done using the new current active printer.
21163 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21164 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21167 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21168 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21169 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21170 instead of sending it to the printer.
21172 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21173 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21176 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21179 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21182 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21184 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21185 Fast fire function for text printing.
21187 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21188 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21189 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21190 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21192 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21193 user for a new active text printer.
21195 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21197 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21199 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21200 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21203 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21205 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21208 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21212 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21213 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21216 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21217 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21218 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21220 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21221 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21222 if that value is non-nil.
21226 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21228 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21229 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21230 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21232 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17817 15478))
21237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21239 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21240 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21241 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21245 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21249 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21250 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21252 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21254 The following variables hold user options, and can
21255 be set through the `customize' command:
21257 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21259 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21260 `ps-mode-print-function'
21262 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21266 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21269 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21275 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21276 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21277 The keymap for this second window is:
21279 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21282 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21283 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21284 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21285 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21286 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21292 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21293 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21294 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21295 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17817 13971))
21296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21298 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21299 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21303 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21304 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21305 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21306 changed by setting the variable
21307 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21308 The initial value of this variable is
21309 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21312 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21313 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21314 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21315 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21316 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21317 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21320 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21321 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21322 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21323 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21324 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21325 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21326 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21327 use this value, be sure to have installed
21328 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21329 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21330 documentation of this variable).
21332 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21333 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21334 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21335 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21336 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21337 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21339 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21341 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21343 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21344 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21345 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21347 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21349 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21354 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21355 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21357 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21359 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21363 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21365 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21368 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21370 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21371 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21373 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21376 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21380 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21382 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21385 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21387 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21388 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21392 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21393 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21394 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21396 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21398 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21399 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21400 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21402 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21404 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21411 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21412 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21413 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21414 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21415 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21416 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17817
21418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21420 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21421 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21422 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21424 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21426 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21427 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21428 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21429 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21431 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21433 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21434 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21438 nil Do not print colors.
21442 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21443 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21445 Any other value is treated as t.")
21447 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21449 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21450 Customization of ps-print group.
21454 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21455 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21457 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21458 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21459 sending it to the printer.
21461 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21462 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21463 image in a file with that name.
21465 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21467 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21468 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21469 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21470 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21471 so it has a way to determine color values.
21473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21475 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21476 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21477 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21479 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21481 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21482 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21483 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21484 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21485 so it has a way to determine color values.
21487 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21489 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21490 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21491 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21492 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21494 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21498 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21499 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21500 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21501 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21502 so it has a way to determine color values.
21504 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21508 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21509 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21510 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21512 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21516 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21517 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21518 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21520 so it has a way to determine color values.
21522 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21526 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21527 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21529 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21530 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21531 instead of sending it to the printer.
21533 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21534 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21535 image in a file with that name.
21537 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21539 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21540 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21541 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21542 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21543 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21547 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21548 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21549 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21551 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21553 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21554 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21555 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21557 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21559 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21560 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21564 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21565 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21567 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21568 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21570 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21571 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21573 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21575 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21577 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21579 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21580 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21582 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21583 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21585 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21586 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21588 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21590 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21592 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21594 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21595 foreground and background colors respectively.
21597 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21598 bold - use bold font.
21599 italic - use italic font.
21600 underline - put a line under text.
21601 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21602 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21603 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21604 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21605 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21607 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21609 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21613 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21614 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
21615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21617 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21619 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21621 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21623 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21624 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21625 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21626 buffer automatically.
21628 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21629 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21630 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21631 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21632 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21633 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21634 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21636 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21637 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21638 buffer for a list of commands.)
21640 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21642 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21643 Major mode for editing Python files.
21644 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21645 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21646 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21647 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21649 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21650 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21651 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21652 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21653 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21654 \\<python-mode-map>
21655 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21656 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21657 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21658 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21659 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21660 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21662 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21663 effect outside them.
21665 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21666 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21667 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21668 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21669 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21670 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21671 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21672 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21673 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21675 \\{python-mode-map}
21679 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21680 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21681 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21682 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21688 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21689 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21692 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21693 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21694 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21697 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21698 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21700 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21701 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21702 them into characters should be done separately.
21704 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21708 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21709 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21710 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21711 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21712 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17817 15478))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21715 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21716 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21720 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21721 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21722 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21724 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21725 `quail-activate', which see.
21727 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21729 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21730 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21731 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21732 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21733 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21734 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21735 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21737 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21738 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21739 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21740 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21741 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21743 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21745 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21746 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21747 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21748 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21749 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21750 list of candidates.
21752 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21753 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21754 command to be called.
21756 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21757 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21758 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21759 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21761 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21762 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21763 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21764 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21765 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21768 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21769 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21770 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21771 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21773 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21774 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21775 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21776 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21778 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21779 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21780 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21781 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21782 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21783 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21785 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21786 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21787 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21788 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21789 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21790 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21792 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21793 covers Quail translation region.
21795 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21796 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21797 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21798 for it) is inserted.
21800 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21801 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21802 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21804 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21805 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21806 non-Quail commands.
21808 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21810 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21811 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21813 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21814 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21815 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21816 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21817 you type is correctly handled.
21819 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21821 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21822 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21824 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21827 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21829 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21830 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21831 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21832 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21833 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21834 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21835 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21836 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21837 for the translation.
21838 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21840 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21841 it is used to handle KEY.
21843 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21844 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21845 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21846 the following annotation types are supported.
21848 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21849 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21851 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21854 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21855 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21856 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21859 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21860 generated for the following translations.
21862 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21864 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21865 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21867 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21868 which to install MAP.
21870 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21872 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21874 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21875 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21877 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21878 which to install MAP.
21880 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21882 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21884 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21885 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21886 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21887 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21888 a function, or a cons.
21889 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21890 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21891 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21892 for the translation.
21893 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21894 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21895 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21896 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21897 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21899 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21900 it is used to handle KEY.
21902 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21903 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21904 current Quail package.
21906 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21907 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21909 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21911 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21912 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21914 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21915 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21917 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21919 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21920 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21922 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21924 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21925 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21926 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21927 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21928 of the Emacs source tree.
21930 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21931 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21933 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21934 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21937 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21941 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21942 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21943 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21947 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21948 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21949 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21950 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21952 To make use of this do something like:
21954 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21956 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21958 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21959 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21961 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21962 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21963 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21965 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21967 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21968 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21970 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21972 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21973 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21975 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21978 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21980 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21981 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21983 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21984 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21985 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21987 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21989 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21990 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21992 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21994 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21995 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21999 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22000 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22002 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22004 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22008 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22009 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22015 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22016 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17778 50475))
22017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22019 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22021 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22025 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22027 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22030 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22032 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22033 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22034 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22037 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22039 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22041 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22042 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22048 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17817
22050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22052 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22053 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22056 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22060 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22061 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
22062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22064 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22066 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22067 Construct a regexp interactively.
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17778 48817))
22074 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22076 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22077 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22078 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22081 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22083 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22085 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22086 Toggle recentf mode.
22087 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22088 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22090 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22091 that were operated on recently.
22093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22098 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22099 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22100 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17713
22102 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22104 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22105 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22106 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22107 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22109 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22111 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22113 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22114 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22115 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22116 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22119 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22120 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22123 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22125 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22126 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22127 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22129 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22130 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22133 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22135 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22136 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22137 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22139 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22141 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22142 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22144 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22145 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22147 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22150 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22151 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22152 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22153 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22156 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22158 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22159 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22163 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22164 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22165 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22166 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22167 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22168 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22169 and point is at the lower right corner.
22171 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22173 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22174 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22176 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22177 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22179 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22180 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22181 on the right side of the rectangle.
22183 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22185 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22187 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22188 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22189 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22190 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22191 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22193 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22194 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22196 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22198 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22199 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22200 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22202 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22204 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22206 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22208 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22209 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22211 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22212 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22213 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22215 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22217 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22218 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22219 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22221 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22222 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22223 rectangle which were empty.
22225 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17817
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22233 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22234 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22235 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22237 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22238 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22239 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22245 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22246 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22249 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22250 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22254 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22255 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22257 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22258 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22260 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22261 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22262 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22265 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22266 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22267 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22269 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22270 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22271 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22273 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22274 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22276 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22277 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22279 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22280 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22283 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22287 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22288 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22289 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22295 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22296 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22299 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22300 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22301 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22302 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22303 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22304 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22306 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22308 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22310 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22311 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22312 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22313 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22314 `reftex-cite-format'.
22316 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22317 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22318 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22319 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22321 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22325 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22326 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22329 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22330 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22331 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22332 the current TeX document.
22334 With no argument, this command toggles
22335 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22336 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22342 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22343 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22346 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22347 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22348 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22350 To insert new phrases, use
22351 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22352 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22354 To index phrases use one of:
22356 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22357 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22358 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22359 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22360 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22362 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22363 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22365 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22367 Here are all local bindings.
22369 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22376 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22379 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22380 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22381 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22384 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17817
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22391 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22392 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22393 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22394 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22398 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22399 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22402 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22403 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22404 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22405 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22406 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22407 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22409 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22410 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22412 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22415 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22417 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22418 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22419 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22420 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22422 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17817 13977))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22429 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22430 Repeat most recently executed command.
22431 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22432 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22433 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22435 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22436 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22437 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22439 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22443 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22444 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22447 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22448 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22450 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22451 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22452 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22453 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22454 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22455 and point is left after the salutation.
22457 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22458 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22459 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22460 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22461 left after that text.
22463 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22466 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22467 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22468 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22469 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22471 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22475 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22476 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22479 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22480 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22481 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22482 visibility of comments that precede it.
22483 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22484 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22485 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22486 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22487 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22488 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22489 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22490 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22492 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22493 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22494 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22495 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22496 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22499 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22503 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17817
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22507 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22508 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22514 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22515 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22516 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22518 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22519 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22520 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22522 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22523 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22524 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22528 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22529 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22530 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22532 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22534 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22536 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22537 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22538 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22540 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22541 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22542 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22548 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22549 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22552 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22553 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22557 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22558 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22560 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22564 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17817 14122))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22566 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22568 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22569 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22570 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22571 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22573 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22575 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22576 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22577 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22578 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22580 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22581 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22583 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22584 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22586 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22587 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22590 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22591 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22592 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22593 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22594 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22596 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22597 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22598 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22599 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22601 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22602 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22605 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22610 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22611 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22612 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22613 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22614 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22615 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17778
22617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22619 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22620 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22621 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22623 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22625 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22626 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22627 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22628 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22630 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22632 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22633 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22634 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22635 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22636 value is the user's email address and name.)
22637 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22639 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22640 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22641 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22642 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22643 which normally happens once for each message,
22644 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22645 To make a change in this variable take effect
22646 for a message that you have already viewed,
22647 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22649 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22651 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22652 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22653 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22654 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22656 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22658 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22659 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22661 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22663 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22664 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22665 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22666 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22668 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22670 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22671 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22673 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22675 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22676 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22680 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22681 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22682 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22683 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22684 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22686 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22688 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22689 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22690 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22691 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22693 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22695 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22696 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22698 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22700 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22701 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22705 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22706 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22710 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22711 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22713 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22714 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22716 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22717 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22719 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22721 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22722 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22724 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22725 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22726 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22727 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22729 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22730 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22732 This is set to nil by default.")
22734 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22735 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22736 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22737 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22738 until a user explicitly requires it.
22740 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22741 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22744 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22746 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22747 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22748 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22749 It is called with no argument.")
22751 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22752 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22753 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22754 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22755 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22756 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22757 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22759 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22760 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22761 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22762 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22763 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22764 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22766 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22767 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22768 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22769 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22770 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22772 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22773 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22774 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22775 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22776 MSG is the message number,
22777 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22778 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22780 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22781 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22782 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22783 this feature is required with `require'.
22785 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22786 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22788 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22789 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22790 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22791 the message is decoded as normal way.
22793 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22794 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22795 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22797 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22798 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22799 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22801 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22802 Read and edit incoming mail.
22803 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22804 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22805 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22807 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22808 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22809 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22810 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22812 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22814 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22816 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22817 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22818 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22819 Instead, these commands are available:
22821 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22822 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22823 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22824 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22825 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22826 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22827 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22828 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22829 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22830 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22831 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22832 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22833 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22834 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22835 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22836 till a deleted message is found.
22837 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22838 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22839 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22840 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22841 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22842 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22843 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22844 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22845 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22846 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22847 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22848 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22849 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22850 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22851 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22852 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22853 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22854 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22855 (label defaults to last one specified).
22856 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22857 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22858 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22859 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22860 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22861 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22862 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22863 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22864 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22868 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22869 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22871 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22873 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22874 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22876 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22880 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22881 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22884 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22885 Edit the contents of this message.
22891 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22892 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22893 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22896 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22897 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22898 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22900 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22902 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22903 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22904 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22906 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22908 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22911 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22913 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22914 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22915 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22916 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22917 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22919 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22921 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22922 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22923 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22924 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22925 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22927 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22932 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22935 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22936 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22937 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22938 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22940 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22944 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22945 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22946 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17778 50475))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22949 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22950 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22951 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22952 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22953 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22954 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22955 a file name as a string.")
22957 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22959 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22960 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22961 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22962 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22963 buffer visiting that file.
22964 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22965 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22967 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22968 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22970 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22971 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22973 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22974 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22976 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22978 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22979 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22981 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22983 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22984 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22985 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22986 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22987 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22989 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22990 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22991 will be appended with their original headers.
22993 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22994 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22996 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22997 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22999 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23001 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23003 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23004 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23005 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23007 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23011 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23012 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23013 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23017 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23018 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23019 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23021 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23023 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23024 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23025 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23027 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23029 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23030 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23031 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23033 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23035 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23036 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23037 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23039 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23041 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23042 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23043 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23045 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23047 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23048 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23049 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23051 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23053 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23054 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23055 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23056 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23058 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23062 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23063 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23064 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23065 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23066 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
23067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23069 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23070 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23072 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
23074 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23075 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23077 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
23079 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23080 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23084 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23085 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23086 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23088 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23090 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23091 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23092 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23093 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23094 only look in the To and From fields.
23095 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23097 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23099 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23100 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23101 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23102 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23103 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23105 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23107 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23108 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23109 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23110 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23111 look in the whole message.
23112 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23114 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23116 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23117 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23118 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23120 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23122 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23123 *Function to decode summary-line.
23125 By default, `identity' is set.")
23127 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
23129 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23130 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23131 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23132 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23133 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23134 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23135 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23137 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23138 sent by you under different user names.
23139 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23141 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23143 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23148 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23151 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23152 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23153 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23154 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23156 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23160 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23161 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17817 13977))
23162 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23164 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23165 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23167 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23169 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23170 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23172 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23174 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23175 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23179 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23180 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23181 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23183 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23184 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23187 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23191 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23192 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23198 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23199 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23200 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23201 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23202 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23206 *This variable is obsolete.")
23208 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23210 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23211 *This variable is obsolete.")
23213 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23215 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23216 *This variable is obsolete.")
23218 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23220 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23221 *This variable is obsolete.")
23223 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23225 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23226 *This variable is obsolete.")
23228 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23230 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23231 *This variable is obsolete.")
23233 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23235 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23236 This function is obsolete.
23238 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23242 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17778
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23246 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23247 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23253 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23257 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23258 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23259 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23260 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23262 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23264 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23265 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23266 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23267 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23269 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23273 matches string STRING literally.
23276 matches character CHAR literally.
23278 `not-newline', `nonl'
23279 matches any character except a newline.
23282 matches any character
23287 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23288 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23289 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23291 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23292 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23293 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23294 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23296 `(not (any SET ...))'
23297 matches any character not in SET ...
23299 `line-start', `bol'
23300 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23301 in the text being matched
23304 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23306 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23307 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23308 string being matched against.
23310 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23311 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23312 string being matched against.
23315 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23316 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23320 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23323 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23325 `word-start', `bow'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23330 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23333 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23336 `(not word-boundary)'
23337 `not-word-boundary'
23338 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23341 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23342 matches 0 through 9.
23345 matches ASCII control characters.
23347 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23348 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23351 matches space and tab only.
23354 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23357 `printing', `print'
23358 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23361 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23362 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23363 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23365 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23366 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23367 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23370 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23373 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23375 `lower', `lower-case'
23376 matches anything lower-case.
23378 `upper', `upper-case'
23379 matches anything upper-case.
23381 `punctuation', `punct'
23382 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23383 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23385 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23386 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23389 matches anything that has word syntax.
23392 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23395 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23396 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23397 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23399 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23400 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23403 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23404 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23405 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23406 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23407 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23409 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23410 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23411 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23412 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23413 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23415 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23416 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23418 `(category CATEGORY)'
23419 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23420 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23422 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23423 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23424 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23425 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23429 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23430 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23431 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23432 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23433 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23434 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23435 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23436 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23437 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23438 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23439 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23440 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23441 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23442 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23451 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23455 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23457 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23462 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23463 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23465 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23467 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23468 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23469 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23471 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23472 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23473 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23474 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23476 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23477 another name for `submatch'.
23479 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23480 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23481 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23482 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23483 regular expression.
23485 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23486 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23487 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23488 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23489 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23491 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23492 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23494 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23495 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23497 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23499 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23502 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23503 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23506 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23507 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23509 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23511 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23514 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23517 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23519 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23520 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23522 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23525 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23528 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23532 matches N occurrences.
23535 matches N or more occurrences.
23537 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23538 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23539 matches N to M occurrences.
23542 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23545 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23548 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23551 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23555 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23557 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23561 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23562 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23565 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23566 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23567 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23570 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23572 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23573 Toggle savehist-mode.
23574 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23575 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23576 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23577 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23579 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23580 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23581 which is probably undesirable.
23587 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23588 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23591 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23592 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23593 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23595 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23596 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23597 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23598 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23599 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23600 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23601 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23602 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23606 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23607 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23608 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23609 if that value is non-nil.
23613 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23614 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23615 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23618 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23619 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23620 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23621 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23622 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23623 that variable's value is a string.
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23630 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23633 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23634 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23635 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23637 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23643 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17817
23645 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23647 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23648 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23649 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23650 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23652 Interesting variables:
23654 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23655 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23657 `scribe-electric-quote'
23658 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23660 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23661 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23662 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23668 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23669 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
23670 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23672 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23673 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23674 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23677 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23679 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23681 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23682 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23683 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23684 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23685 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23692 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23695 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23696 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23697 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23698 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23699 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23706 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23707 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23708 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23709 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23710 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23711 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23712 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23713 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23714 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17713 5990))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23717 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23718 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23720 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23722 If `parens', they look like:
23723 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23724 If `angles', they look like:
23725 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23726 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23727 derived from the envelope-from address.
23729 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23730 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23731 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23732 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23734 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23736 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23737 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23738 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23739 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23741 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23742 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23743 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23744 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23746 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23748 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23749 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23750 This is done when the message is initialized,
23751 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23753 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23755 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23756 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23757 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23759 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23761 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23763 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23764 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23765 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23766 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23767 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23768 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23769 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23771 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23773 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23774 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23778 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23779 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23780 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23782 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23784 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23785 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23786 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23787 when you first send mail.")
23789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23791 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23792 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23793 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23794 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23795 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23797 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23799 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23800 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23801 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23802 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23803 This file need not actually exist.")
23805 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23807 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23808 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23809 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23811 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23813 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23814 Alist of mail address aliases,
23815 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23816 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23817 can specify a different file name.)
23818 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23819 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23821 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23822 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23823 nil means use indentation.")
23825 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23827 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23828 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23829 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23833 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23834 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23835 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23836 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23837 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23838 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23839 in the cited portion of the message.
23841 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23842 instead of no action.")
23844 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23846 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23847 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23848 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23849 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23850 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23852 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23854 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23855 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23856 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23857 If a string, that string is inserted.
23858 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23859 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23860 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23861 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23863 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23865 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23866 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23868 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23870 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23871 Directory for mail buffers.
23872 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23873 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23875 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23878 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23879 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23880 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23882 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23884 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23885 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23886 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23887 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23890 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23893 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23894 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23895 `query' means ask the user each time.
23896 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23897 The default is `mime'.
23898 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23899 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23901 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23903 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23904 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23905 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23907 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23908 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23910 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23911 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23912 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23913 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23914 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23915 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23916 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23917 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23918 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23919 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23920 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23921 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23922 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23926 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23927 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23929 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23930 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23932 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23934 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23935 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23936 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23937 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23938 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23939 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23941 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23942 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23943 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23945 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23946 User should not set this variable manually,
23947 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23948 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23949 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23950 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23952 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23953 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23954 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23955 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23957 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23958 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23961 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23963 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23964 to move to message header fields:
23967 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23968 when the message is initialized.
23970 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23971 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23973 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23976 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23977 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23979 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23980 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23981 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23982 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23983 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23984 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23985 buffer without erasing the contents.
23987 The second through fifth arguments,
23988 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23989 the initial contents of those header fields.
23990 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23991 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23992 original message being replied to, or else an action
23993 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23994 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23995 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23996 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23997 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23998 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24000 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24002 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24003 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24005 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24007 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24008 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24010 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24015 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17778 59051))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24018 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24019 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24020 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24021 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24022 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24023 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24025 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
24026 communications subprocess.
24028 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24030 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24031 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24032 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24035 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24037 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24039 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24040 Toggle Server mode.
24041 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24042 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24043 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24047 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24048 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24050 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24052 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24053 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24055 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24059 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17778 50477))
24060 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24062 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24063 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24064 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24068 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24069 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24070 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24071 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24078 ;;;;;; (17817 13959))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24081 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24082 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24084 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24087 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24088 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24089 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24091 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24092 in your `.emacs' file.
24094 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24096 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24097 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24102 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24104 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24105 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24106 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24107 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24108 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24109 which this is based.
24111 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24113 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24114 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24115 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24116 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24118 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24119 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24120 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24122 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24123 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24124 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24125 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24127 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24128 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24129 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24130 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24132 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24134 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24135 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24136 To work around that, do:
24137 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24145 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24146 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24148 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24150 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24151 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24152 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24153 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24154 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24155 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24157 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24158 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24159 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24160 shell-specific features.
24162 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24163 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24164 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24166 \\[sh-case] case statement
24167 \\[sh-for] for loop
24168 \\[sh-function] function definition
24169 \\[sh-if] if statement
24170 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24171 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24172 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24173 \\[sh-select] select loop
24174 \\[sh-until] until loop
24175 \\[sh-while] while loop
24177 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24178 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24179 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24180 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24181 would indent to the way it currently is.
24182 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24183 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24186 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24187 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24188 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24189 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24190 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24191 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24193 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24195 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24197 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24198 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24199 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24201 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24202 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24206 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24210 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24213 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24214 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24215 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24216 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24217 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24218 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24220 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24224 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24225 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
24226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24228 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24229 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24231 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24232 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24233 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24234 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24237 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24239 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24241 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24242 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24243 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24245 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24246 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24248 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24249 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24250 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24251 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24252 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24253 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24254 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24257 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24258 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24259 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24260 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24261 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24263 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24264 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24265 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24271 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24272 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17778
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24276 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24277 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24278 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24279 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24280 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24281 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24286 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24287 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24288 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24289 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24290 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24294 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24295 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24296 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24297 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24298 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24299 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24300 `shadow-define-cluster').
24304 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24305 Set up file shadowing.
24311 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24312 ;;;;;; (17817 15738))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24315 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24316 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24317 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24318 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24319 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24322 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24324 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24325 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24326 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24327 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24328 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24329 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24330 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24331 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24332 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24333 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24334 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24335 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24336 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24337 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24339 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24340 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24341 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24342 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24343 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24344 `default-process-coding-system'.
24346 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24347 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24348 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24349 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24354 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24358 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24359 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24362 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24365 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24367 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24370 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24372 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24375 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24383 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24384 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24385 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24386 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24387 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24389 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17817 16152))
24396 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24397 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24401 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17817
24403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24405 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24406 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24407 \\{simula-mode-map}
24408 Variables controlling indentation style:
24409 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24410 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24411 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24412 `simula-indent-level'
24413 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24414 `simula-substatement-offset'
24415 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24416 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24417 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24418 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24419 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24420 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24421 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24422 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24423 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24424 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24425 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24426 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24427 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24428 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24429 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24430 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24431 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24432 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24433 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24434 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24435 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24436 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24437 or nil if they should not be changed.
24438 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24439 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24440 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24441 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24443 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24444 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24450 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24451 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17817 13977))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24454 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24455 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24457 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24458 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24459 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24460 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24462 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24464 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24466 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24467 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24468 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24469 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24470 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24472 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24473 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24475 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24477 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24478 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24480 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24481 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24482 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24483 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24485 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24486 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24487 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24488 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24490 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24491 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24492 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24494 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24495 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24497 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24498 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24500 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24501 _ interesting point, interregion here
24502 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24503 interesting point set by _
24504 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24505 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24506 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24507 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24508 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24509 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24512 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24513 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24515 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24516 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24517 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24518 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24519 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24520 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24521 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24522 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24524 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24525 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24526 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24527 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24528 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24531 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24532 then: insert previously read string once more
24533 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24534 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24535 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24537 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24538 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24540 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24542 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24543 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24545 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24546 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24547 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24548 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24549 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24552 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24553 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24554 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24561 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24564 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24565 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24566 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24569 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24571 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24572 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24573 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24579 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24580 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24583 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24584 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24585 A list of images is returned.
24587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24589 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24590 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24591 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24597 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24598 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17778 50475))
24599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24601 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24606 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24607 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17817 14125))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24616 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24617 Play the Snake game.
24618 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24620 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24622 Snake mode keybindings:
24624 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24625 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24626 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24627 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24628 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24629 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24630 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24636 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24637 ;;;;;; (17817 14122))
24638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24640 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24641 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24642 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24643 Tab indents for C code.
24644 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24647 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24652 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24653 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24654 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24655 Tab indents for C code.
24656 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24657 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24659 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24660 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24666 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24667 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24668 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24671 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24672 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24674 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24675 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24676 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24678 For example, the form
24680 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24681 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24683 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24685 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24687 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24688 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24690 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24691 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24692 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24695 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24697 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24699 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24700 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24702 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24703 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24704 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24707 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24709 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24711 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24712 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24713 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24716 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24718 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24720 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24721 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24722 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24724 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24725 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24727 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24731 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24732 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24733 Requires floating point.
24739 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17817
24741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24743 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24746 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24747 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24748 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24749 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24750 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24751 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24752 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24753 check after each move or undo)
24757 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24758 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24759 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24778 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24779 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24780 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24781 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24783 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24784 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24785 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24788 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24789 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24791 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24807 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24809 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24815 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24816 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24817 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17817 13977))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24820 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24821 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24823 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24824 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24825 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24826 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24829 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24830 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24834 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24835 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24837 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24838 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24839 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24840 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24843 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24844 It should move point to the end of the record.
24846 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24847 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24848 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24849 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24850 starts at the beginning of the record.
24852 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24853 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24856 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24857 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24859 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24861 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24862 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24863 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24864 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24865 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24868 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24870 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24871 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24872 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24873 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24874 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24877 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24879 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24880 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24881 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24882 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24886 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24888 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24889 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24890 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24891 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24892 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24893 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24894 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24895 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24896 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24898 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24900 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24901 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24902 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24903 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24904 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24905 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24906 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24909 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24911 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24912 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24913 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24914 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24915 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24916 is to be used for sorting.
24917 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24918 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24919 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24920 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24921 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24923 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24925 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24928 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24929 starting with the letter \"f\",
24930 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24932 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24934 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24935 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24936 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24937 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24938 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24939 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24940 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24943 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24944 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24945 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24946 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24947 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24949 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24951 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24952 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24953 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24955 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24959 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17817
24961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24963 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24964 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24971 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24972 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24975 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24976 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24978 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24979 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24980 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24982 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24984 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24985 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24986 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24989 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24991 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24992 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24993 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24995 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24997 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24998 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24999 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25000 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25005 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25006 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25007 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25008 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25014 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25015 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17778 50477))
25016 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25018 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25020 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25021 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25022 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25023 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25024 supported at a time.
25025 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25026 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25030 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25031 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25032 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25033 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25039 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25040 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17817 14129))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25043 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25045 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25046 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25047 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25048 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25049 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25050 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25054 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25055 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25056 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25057 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25061 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25062 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25063 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25064 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25065 for example, \"word\".
25067 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25069 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25070 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25072 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25076 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17817
25078 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25080 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25081 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25085 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25086 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25093 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25094 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25095 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17817
25097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25099 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25100 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25102 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25103 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25104 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25105 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25106 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25107 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25108 of the current highlighting list.
25112 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25113 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25115 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25116 `_t' as data types.
25118 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25120 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25121 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25123 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25124 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25126 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25128 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25129 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25130 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25132 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25134 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25135 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25136 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25137 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25138 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25139 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25141 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25142 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25144 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25146 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25147 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25148 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25149 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25151 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25152 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25153 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25154 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25156 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25157 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25158 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25162 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25163 Major mode to edit SQL.
25165 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25166 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25167 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25170 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25172 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25173 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25174 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25175 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25176 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25177 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25179 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25180 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25182 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25183 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25184 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25186 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25188 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25192 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25193 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25195 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25196 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25201 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25203 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25204 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25211 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25212 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25213 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25215 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25216 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25218 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25219 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25220 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25221 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25222 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25223 `default-process-coding-system'.
25225 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25229 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25230 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25232 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25233 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25236 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25237 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25238 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25239 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25241 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25242 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25244 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25245 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25246 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25247 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25248 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25249 `default-process-coding-system'.
25251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25255 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25256 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25258 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25259 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25262 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25263 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25265 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25266 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25268 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25269 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25270 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25271 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25272 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25273 `default-process-coding-system'.
25275 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25279 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25280 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25282 SQLite is free software.
25284 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25285 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25288 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25289 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25290 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25291 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25298 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25301 `default-process-coding-system'.
25303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25307 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25308 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25310 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25312 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25313 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25316 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25317 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25318 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25319 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25321 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25322 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25324 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25325 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25326 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25327 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25328 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25329 `default-process-coding-system'.
25331 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25335 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25336 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25338 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25339 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25342 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25343 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25346 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25347 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25349 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25350 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25351 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25352 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25353 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25354 `default-process-coding-system'.
25356 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25360 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25361 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25363 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25364 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25367 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25368 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25370 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25378 `default-process-coding-system'.
25380 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25384 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25385 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25387 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25388 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25391 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25392 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25393 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25394 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25396 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25410 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25411 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25418 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25419 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25420 `sql-postgres-options'.
25422 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25426 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25427 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25428 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25429 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25430 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25431 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25432 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25434 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25435 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25441 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25442 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25444 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25445 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25448 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25449 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25452 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25453 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25455 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25456 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25458 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25459 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25460 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25466 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25467 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25469 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25470 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25473 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25476 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25477 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25479 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25480 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25481 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25482 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25491 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25495 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25496 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25503 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25504 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25505 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25508 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25509 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25510 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25511 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25514 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25517 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25523 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25524 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25525 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25526 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25527 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17817
25529 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25531 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25532 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25533 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25534 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25535 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25536 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25538 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25540 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25542 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25543 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25544 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25545 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25546 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25547 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25548 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25550 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25552 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25553 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25554 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25555 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25556 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25557 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25558 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25560 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25562 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25563 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25564 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25566 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25568 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25569 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25570 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25572 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25574 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25575 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25577 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25579 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25580 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25584 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25585 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25589 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25590 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25591 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25592 chronologically by command name.
25593 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25595 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25597 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25598 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25599 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25602 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25604 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25606 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25607 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25608 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25609 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25610 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25611 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25612 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25614 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25615 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25616 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25617 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25619 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25623 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25624 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25625 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25626 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25628 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25630 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25631 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25637 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25638 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25641 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25642 Studlify-case the region.
25644 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25646 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25647 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25649 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25651 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25652 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25658 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17817 15467))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25661 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25662 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25663 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25664 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25665 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25666 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25668 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25669 is used instead of `load-path'.
25671 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25672 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25673 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25675 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25679 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25680 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
25681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25683 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25684 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25685 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25686 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25687 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25688 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25689 original message but it does require a few things:
25691 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25693 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25696 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25697 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25700 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25702 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25704 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25705 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25706 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25712 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17778 50477))
25713 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25715 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25716 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25717 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25720 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25722 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25724 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25725 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25726 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25728 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25734 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17817 13977))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25737 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25738 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25739 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25740 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25741 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25743 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25745 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25746 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25747 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25748 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25749 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25750 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25751 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25753 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25758 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25759 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25760 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25761 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25762 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25763 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25764 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25765 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25766 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25767 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25768 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25769 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17778 50479))
25770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25772 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25773 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25774 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25776 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25778 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25779 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25781 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25783 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25784 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25786 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25788 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25789 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25791 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25793 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25794 Insert an editable text table.
25795 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25796 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25797 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25798 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25799 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25800 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25805 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25807 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25812 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25813 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25814 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25815 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25818 +-----+-----+-----+
25820 +-----+-----+-----+
25822 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25824 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25825 width, which results as
25827 +--------------+-----+-----+
25829 +--------------+-----+-----+
25831 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25832 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25836 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25838 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25839 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25840 width information to `table-insert'.
25842 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25848 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25851 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25852 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25854 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25857 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25859 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25864 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25867 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25869 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25871 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25874 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25877 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25880 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25881 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25882 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25887 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25890 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25893 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25895 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25898 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25902 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25903 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25904 | | |expected results.-!- |
25905 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25908 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25910 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25914 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25916 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25917 Insert N table row(s).
25918 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25919 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25920 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25921 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25925 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25926 Insert N table column(s).
25927 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25928 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25929 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25930 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25934 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25935 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25936 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25938 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25940 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25941 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25942 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25943 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25944 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25945 all the table specific features.
25947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25949 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25954 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25955 Recognize all tables within region.
25956 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25957 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25958 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25961 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25963 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25968 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25969 Recognize a table at point.
25970 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25971 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25972 the table specific features.
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25976 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25981 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25982 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25983 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25984 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25985 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25986 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25987 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25989 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25991 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25996 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25997 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25998 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25999 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26000 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26001 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26004 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26006 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26007 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26008 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26009 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26010 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26011 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26012 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26017 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26018 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26019 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26020 table's rectangle structure.
26022 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26024 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26025 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26026 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26027 table's rectangle structure.
26031 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26032 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26033 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26034 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26035 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26037 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26039 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26040 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26041 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26043 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26044 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26045 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26046 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26047 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26048 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26049 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26051 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26052 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26053 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26054 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26055 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26056 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26057 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26059 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26060 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26061 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26062 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26063 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26064 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26065 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26066 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26068 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26070 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26071 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26072 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26073 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26077 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26078 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26079 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26081 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26083 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26084 Split current cell vertically.
26085 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26089 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26090 Split current cell horizontally.
26091 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26095 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26096 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26097 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26099 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26101 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26102 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26103 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26104 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26106 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26108 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26109 Justify cell contents.
26110 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26111 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26112 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26113 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26115 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26117 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26118 Justify cells of a row.
26119 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26120 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26122 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26124 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26125 Justify cells of a column.
26126 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26127 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26129 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26131 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26132 Toggle fixing width mode.
26133 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26134 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26135 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26139 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26140 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26141 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26142 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26143 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26144 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26145 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26146 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26147 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26148 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26149 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26151 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26153 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26154 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26155 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26156 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26157 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26158 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26159 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26160 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26161 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26162 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26163 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26164 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26167 References used for this implementation:
26173 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26175 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26176 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26177 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26179 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26181 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26182 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26183 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26184 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26185 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26186 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26187 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26188 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26189 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26190 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26191 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26192 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26193 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26194 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26195 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26196 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26197 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26202 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26203 (table-forward-cell 15)
26204 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26205 (table-forward-cell 16)
26206 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26207 (table-forward-cell 1)
26208 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26211 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26213 (table-forward-cell 1)
26214 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26216 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26218 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26219 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26220 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26221 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26222 consists from cells of same height.
26226 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26227 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26228 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26229 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26230 column must consists from cells of same width.
26234 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26235 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26236 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26237 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26238 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26239 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26240 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26241 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26242 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26243 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26244 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26245 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26246 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26247 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26248 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26257 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26258 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26259 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26262 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26264 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26266 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26268 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26272 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26273 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26274 of each row is optional.
26279 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26280 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26281 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26282 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26283 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26285 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26286 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26288 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26289 expression and raw delimiter regular
26290 expression, it parses the specified text
26291 area and extracts cell items from
26292 non-table text and then forms a table out
26295 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26296 creates a single cell table. The text in
26297 the specified region is placed in that
26300 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26303 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26304 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26305 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26307 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26308 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26309 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26310 | area and extracts cell items from |
26311 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26314 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26315 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26316 | the specified region is placed in that |
26318 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26320 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26321 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26324 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26325 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26326 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26327 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26328 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26329 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26330 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26331 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26332 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26334 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26335 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26336 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26337 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26339 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26341 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26342 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26343 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26345 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26347 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26348 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26349 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26350 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26351 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26357 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17817 13977))
26358 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26360 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26361 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26363 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26365 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26366 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26372 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17778 50477))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26375 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26376 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26377 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26378 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26379 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26380 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26381 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26383 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26384 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26385 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26386 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26388 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26395 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26399 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26400 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26401 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26402 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26403 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26404 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26406 Variables controlling indentation style:
26408 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26409 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26410 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26412 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26413 documentation for details):
26414 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26415 Controls action of TAB key.
26417 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26418 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26419 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26420 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26421 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26423 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26424 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26432 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26433 Run inferior Tcl process.
26434 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26435 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26439 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26440 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26441 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26443 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17817 14122))
26448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26449 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26451 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26452 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26453 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26454 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26456 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26457 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26458 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26459 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26460 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26462 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26463 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26465 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26466 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26467 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26468 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26474 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17817
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26478 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26479 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26481 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26482 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26483 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26485 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26487 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26488 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26489 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26490 commands to use in that buffer.
26492 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26494 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26496 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26497 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26499 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26503 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17817
26505 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26507 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26508 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26509 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26510 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26511 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26512 program as keyboard input.
26514 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26515 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26516 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26517 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26519 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26520 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26521 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26522 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26523 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26525 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26527 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26528 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26529 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26530 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26532 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26533 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26534 subprocess started.
26536 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26540 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26541 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26544 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26545 Start coverage on function under point.
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17817 14126))
26552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26554 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26555 Play the Tetris game.
26556 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26557 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26558 as to form complete rows.
26560 tetris-mode keybindings:
26561 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26562 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26563 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26564 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26565 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26566 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26567 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26568 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26569 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26575 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26576 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26577 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26578 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26579 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26580 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26581 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26582 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26585 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26586 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26588 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26590 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26591 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26592 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26593 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26594 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26596 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26598 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26599 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26600 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26601 if it matches the first line of the file,
26602 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26604 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26606 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26607 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26608 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26609 if the variable is non-nil.")
26611 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26613 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26614 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26616 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26618 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26619 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26620 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26621 See the documentation of that variable.")
26623 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26625 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26626 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26627 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26628 See the documentation of that variable.")
26630 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26632 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26633 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26634 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26635 See the documentation of that variable.")
26637 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26639 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26640 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26641 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26642 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26643 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26645 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26647 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26648 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26649 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26650 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26652 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26654 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26655 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26656 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26658 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26660 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26661 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26662 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26663 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26665 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26667 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26668 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26669 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26670 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26672 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26674 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26675 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26676 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26677 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26679 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26680 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26683 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26684 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26686 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26689 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26691 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26692 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26693 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26694 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26695 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26697 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26699 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26701 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26702 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26703 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26705 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26707 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26708 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26709 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26710 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26711 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26713 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26715 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26716 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26718 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26720 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26721 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26723 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26725 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26726 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26727 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26728 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26729 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26730 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26731 says which mode to use.
26735 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26737 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26739 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26741 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26742 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26743 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26744 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26745 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26747 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26748 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26749 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26750 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26751 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26752 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26753 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26755 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26756 mismatched $'s or braces.
26759 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26763 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26765 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26766 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26767 tex-dvi-print-command
26768 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26769 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26770 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26771 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26772 tex-dvi-view-command
26773 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26774 tex-show-queue-command
26775 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26776 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26778 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26779 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26780 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26784 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26785 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26786 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26787 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26788 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26790 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26791 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26792 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26793 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26794 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26795 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26796 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26798 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26799 mismatched $'s or braces.
26806 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26808 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26809 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26810 tex-dvi-print-command
26811 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26812 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26813 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26814 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26815 tex-dvi-view-command
26816 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26817 tex-show-queue-command
26818 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26819 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26821 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26822 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26823 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26827 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26828 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26829 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26830 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26831 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26833 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26834 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26835 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26836 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26837 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26838 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26839 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26841 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26842 mismatched $'s or braces.
26845 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26849 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26851 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26852 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26853 tex-dvi-print-command
26854 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26855 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26856 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26857 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26858 tex-dvi-view-command
26859 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26860 tex-show-queue-command
26861 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26862 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26864 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26865 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26866 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26867 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26871 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26876 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26877 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26883 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26884 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17778 50479))
26885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26887 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26888 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26889 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26890 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26892 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26893 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26894 Info-split to do these manually.
26896 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26898 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26899 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26900 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26901 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26902 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26904 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26906 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26907 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26908 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26909 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26911 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26912 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26913 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26914 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26916 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26917 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26919 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26923 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26924 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26927 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26928 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26930 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26932 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26933 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26935 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26937 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26938 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26940 It has these extra commands:
26941 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26943 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26944 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26945 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26946 modified version of TeX input format.
26948 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26949 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26950 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26951 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26953 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26954 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26955 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26956 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26957 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26958 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26959 in the Texinfo file.
26961 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26962 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26963 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26964 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26965 move forward past the closing brace.
26967 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26968 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26970 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26971 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26972 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26974 Here are the functions:
26976 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26977 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26978 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26980 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26981 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26982 texinfo-master-menu
26984 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26986 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26987 which menu descriptions are indented.
26989 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26990 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26993 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26994 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26995 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26996 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26998 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26999 be the first node in the file.
27001 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27002 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27008 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27009 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27010 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27011 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
27012 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27014 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27015 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27016 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27017 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27021 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27022 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27024 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27026 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27027 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27031 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27036 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27037 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27038 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27039 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27042 The return value is number of composed characters.
27044 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27046 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27047 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27054 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27055 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17817 13977))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27058 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27059 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27061 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27063 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27064 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27065 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27066 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27067 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27069 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27070 a symbol as a valid THING.
27072 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27073 of the textual entity that was found.
27075 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27077 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27078 Return the THING at point.
27079 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27080 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27081 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27083 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27084 a symbol as a valid THING.
27086 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27088 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27093 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27098 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27103 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27110 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27111 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27112 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
27113 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27115 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27116 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27120 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27121 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27122 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27123 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27125 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27127 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27128 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27132 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27133 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27137 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27139 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27140 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27146 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27147 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27148 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27149 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27150 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27151 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17817 15478))
27152 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27154 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27155 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27156 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27160 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27161 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27163 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27165 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27166 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27167 The returned string has no composition information.
27169 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27172 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27174 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27176 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27177 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27181 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27182 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27183 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27184 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27186 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27188 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27189 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27190 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27191 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27193 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27195 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27198 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27200 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27201 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27202 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27206 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27207 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27208 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27212 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27215 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27217 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27220 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27222 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27225 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27229 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27230 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27233 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27234 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27235 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27236 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27238 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27240 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27242 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27243 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27244 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27245 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27247 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27254 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17713 5993))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27257 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27258 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27260 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27262 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27263 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27264 This display updates automatically every minute.
27265 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27266 are displayed as well.
27267 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27271 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27272 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27273 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27276 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27278 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27280 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27281 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27282 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27284 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27285 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27286 are displayed as well.
27287 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27293 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27294 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27295 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27296 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27300 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27301 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27303 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27305 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27306 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27307 You can use `float-time' instead.
27309 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27311 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27312 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27314 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27316 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27317 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27319 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27321 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27322 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27324 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27326 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27327 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27328 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27330 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27332 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27334 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27335 Subtract two time values.
27336 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27338 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27340 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27341 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27343 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27346 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27347 DATE should be a date-time string.
27349 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27351 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27352 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27353 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27355 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27357 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27358 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27360 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27363 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27365 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27368 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27369 TIME should be a time value.
27370 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27372 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27374 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27375 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27376 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27378 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27383 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17778 50479))
27384 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27385 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27386 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27387 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27388 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27390 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27391 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27393 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27394 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27395 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27396 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27397 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27398 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27399 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27400 look like one of the following:
27403 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27404 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27405 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27406 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27407 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27408 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27409 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27414 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27415 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27416 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27422 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27423 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27424 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27425 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27426 ;;;;;; (17713 4915))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27429 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27430 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27431 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27432 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27433 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27434 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27435 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27436 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27437 display (non-nil means on).
27439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27441 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27442 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27443 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27444 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27445 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27446 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27447 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27448 this function is called within a day.
27450 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27451 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27452 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27453 discover the name of the project.
27455 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27457 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27458 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27459 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27460 begun during the last time segment.
27462 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27463 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27464 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27465 discover the reason.
27467 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27469 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27470 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27471 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27472 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27473 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27475 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27477 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27478 Change to working on a different project.
27479 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27480 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27481 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27484 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27486 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27487 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27488 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27492 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27493 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27494 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27498 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27499 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27500 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27501 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27502 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27503 \"relative to today\".
27505 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27507 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27508 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27509 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27510 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27512 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27514 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27515 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27516 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27517 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27518 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27519 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27521 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27526 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27527 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17817 13982))
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27530 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27532 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27533 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27535 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27538 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27539 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27540 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27542 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27544 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27545 Perform an action at time TIME.
27546 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27547 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27548 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27549 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27550 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27551 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27553 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27555 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27557 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27558 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27559 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27560 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27561 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27563 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27565 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27567 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27568 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27569 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27570 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27572 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27575 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27576 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27577 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27578 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27579 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27580 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27582 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27583 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27585 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27587 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27588 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27590 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27591 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27592 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27593 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27594 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27595 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27598 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27602 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27603 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17817 15478))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27606 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27607 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27608 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27609 the generated Quail package is saved.
27611 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27613 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27614 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27615 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27616 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27617 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27618 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27619 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27621 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27625 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27626 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17817
27628 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27630 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27633 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27635 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27638 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27640 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27641 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27642 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27645 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27649 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27650 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17778 50479))
27651 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27652 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27653 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27655 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27656 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27657 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27658 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27659 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27661 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27663 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27664 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27665 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27666 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27667 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27671 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27672 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27673 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27674 in the menu in two ways:
27675 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27676 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27677 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27679 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27680 keymap or an alist of alists.
27681 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27682 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27684 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27689 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27690 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27691 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27693 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27694 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27698 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27699 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27701 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27703 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27704 Insert new TODO list entry.
27705 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27710 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27711 List top priorities for each category.
27713 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27714 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27716 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27717 between each category.
27719 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27721 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27722 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27723 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27724 between each category.
27726 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27728 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27730 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27731 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27737 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27738 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27742 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27749 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27750 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27751 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27752 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27754 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27755 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27756 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27760 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27762 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27763 Add an item to the tool bar.
27764 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27765 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27766 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27767 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27769 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27770 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27771 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27772 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27774 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27775 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27777 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27779 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27780 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27781 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27782 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27783 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27784 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27786 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27787 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27788 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27789 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27791 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27793 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27794 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27795 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27796 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27797 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27798 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27799 properties to add to the binding.
27801 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27803 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27804 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27806 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27808 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27809 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27810 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27811 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27812 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27813 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27814 properties to add to the binding.
27816 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27819 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27824 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27827 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27828 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27829 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27832 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27834 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27836 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27841 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27843 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27844 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27850 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27851 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17817 13982))
27852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27854 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27855 Set scroll margins.
27857 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27859 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27860 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27864 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27865 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17817 13982))
27872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27874 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27875 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27876 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27877 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27878 to a tcp server on another machine.
27880 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27884 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27885 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17817 13982))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27888 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27889 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27891 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27893 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27894 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27895 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27896 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27897 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27898 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27899 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27900 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27902 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27904 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27905 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27906 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27907 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27908 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27909 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27910 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27911 the window or buffer configuration.
27913 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27915 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27921 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27922 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17817 16949))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27925 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27926 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27927 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27929 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27930 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27931 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27932 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27934 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27935 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27936 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27937 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27939 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27940 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27941 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27942 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27943 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27944 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27945 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27946 files which are not really tramp files.
27948 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27949 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27950 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27951 updated after changing this variable.
27953 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27955 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27957 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27958 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27959 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27960 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27962 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27963 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27964 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27965 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27967 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27968 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27969 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27971 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27972 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27973 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27974 updated after changing this variable.
27976 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27978 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27980 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27981 Alist of completion handler functions.
27982 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27983 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27984 normal Emacs functions.")
27986 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27987 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27988 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27989 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27991 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27992 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27993 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27994 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27996 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27997 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27998 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28000 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28002 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28003 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28004 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28006 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28007 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28010 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28012 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28017 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28018 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28020 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28022 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28023 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28025 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28027 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28028 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28034 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28035 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
28036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28038 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28045 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28046 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28047 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28048 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28049 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28050 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17713
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28054 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28055 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28059 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28060 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28062 Convenience command that:
28064 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28065 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28066 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28068 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28069 image files in dired and type
28070 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28072 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28074 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28075 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28077 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28079 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28080 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28081 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28082 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28083 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28086 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28087 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28088 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28090 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28091 instead of erasing it first.
28093 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28094 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28095 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28096 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28097 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28098 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28100 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28102 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28103 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28104 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28105 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28110 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28112 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28113 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28117 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28118 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28119 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28123 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28124 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28128 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28129 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28130 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28131 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28135 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28136 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28140 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28141 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28145 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28146 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28150 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28151 Display current image file.
28152 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28153 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28157 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28158 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28162 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28163 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28164 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28165 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28166 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28167 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28168 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28172 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28173 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28174 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28181 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17817
28183 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28185 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28186 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28187 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28188 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28189 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28190 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28191 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28192 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28194 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28195 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28196 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28198 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28199 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28202 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28206 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28207 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17817 14129))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28209 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28210 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28211 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28213 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28214 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28215 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28216 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28217 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28218 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28219 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28223 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28224 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28225 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28226 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28228 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28232 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28233 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28234 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28235 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28236 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28237 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28238 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28240 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28241 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28243 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28246 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28248 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28254 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28255 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28256 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28257 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28258 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28261 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28262 Toggle typing break mode.
28263 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28265 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28267 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28269 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28270 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28272 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28274 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28275 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28277 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28278 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28279 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28281 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28282 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28284 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28286 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28287 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28289 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28290 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28291 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28292 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28294 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28296 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28297 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28298 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28300 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28301 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28302 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28303 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28304 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28305 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28307 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28308 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28309 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28310 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28312 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28313 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28315 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28316 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28318 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28320 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28321 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28322 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28324 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28325 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28326 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28327 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28328 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28329 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28330 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28332 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28333 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28335 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28336 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28337 reset the keystroke counter.
28339 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28340 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28341 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28342 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28344 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28345 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28346 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28347 `type-break-schedule' command.
28349 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28350 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28351 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28352 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28353 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28354 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28355 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28356 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28357 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28359 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28360 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28361 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28362 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28363 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28365 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28366 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28367 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28368 approximate good values for this.
28370 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28371 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28373 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28374 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28375 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28376 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28377 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28378 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28380 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28381 a typing break occur. They include:
28383 `type-break-query-mode'
28384 `type-break-query-function'
28385 `type-break-query-interval'
28387 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28389 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28390 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28391 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28394 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28396 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28397 Take a typing break.
28399 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28400 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28402 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28403 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28407 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28408 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28409 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28410 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28414 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28415 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28417 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28418 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28419 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28420 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28421 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28422 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28423 average typing speed.)
28425 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28426 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28427 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28428 the computed maximum threshold.
28430 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28431 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28432 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28433 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28434 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28436 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28441 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17817 14129))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28444 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28445 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28446 Works by overstriking underscores.
28447 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28448 which specify the range to operate on.
28450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28452 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28453 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28454 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28455 which specify the range to operate on.
28457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28461 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28462 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17817 14120))
28463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28465 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28466 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28467 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28471 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28472 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28473 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28474 following the containing message.
28480 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28481 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
28482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28484 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28485 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28486 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28487 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28488 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28489 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28493 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28494 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28496 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28500 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28504 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28505 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28506 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28507 of symbols with local bindings.
28509 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28513 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28514 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17817 13984))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28517 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28518 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28519 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28521 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28522 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28523 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28524 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28525 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28526 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28528 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28529 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28530 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28532 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28533 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28534 the callback is not called).
28536 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28537 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28538 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28541 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28544 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28545 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28546 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28547 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28549 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28553 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28554 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28557 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28558 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28559 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28561 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28562 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28563 `url-generic-parse-url'
28564 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28565 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28566 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28568 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28569 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28570 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28571 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28572 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28573 what type of auth to use
28574 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28575 if one cannot be found in the cache
28577 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28579 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28580 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28582 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28583 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28584 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28585 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28586 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28587 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28588 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28589 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28591 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28595 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28596 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28600 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28601 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28603 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28606 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28611 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28613 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28615 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28616 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28618 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28625 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28632 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28633 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17713 5993))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28636 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28641 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28644 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28652 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28653 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28655 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28659 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28660 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17817 14148))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28663 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28664 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28668 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28669 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28670 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28671 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28672 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28674 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28679 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17713
28681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28683 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28684 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28685 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28688 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28690 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28692 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28693 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28697 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28698 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28699 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28700 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28701 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28702 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28703 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28704 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28705 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28707 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28709 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28710 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28711 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28714 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28716 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28719 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28724 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17817 13984))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28727 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28728 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28729 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28730 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28731 CBARGS as the arguments.
28733 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28735 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28738 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28740 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28742 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28745 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28747 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28748 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28749 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28751 Property list members:
28754 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28758 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28762 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28765 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28768 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28769 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28770 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28775 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28776 Default HTTPS port.")
28778 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28779 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28781 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28782 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28783 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28784 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28785 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28792 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28803 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28804 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28805 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28806 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28807 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28813 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28814 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28815 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28817 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28820 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28822 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28823 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28825 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28829 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28830 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28831 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28833 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28834 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28836 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28838 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28839 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28841 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28843 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28848 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28850 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28852 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28854 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28855 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28857 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28862 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28865 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28878 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28879 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28882 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28885 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28887 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28890 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28892 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28895 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28897 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28900 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28902 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28905 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28907 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28910 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28912 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28915 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28919 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28920 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17778 50479))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28923 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28924 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28926 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28928 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28929 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28931 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28933 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28938 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28939 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28941 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28942 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28948 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28949 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28950 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28951 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28952 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28953 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28954 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
28955 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28957 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28958 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28959 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28961 If t, all messages will be logged.
28962 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28963 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28965 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28967 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28970 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28972 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28975 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28977 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28978 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28979 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28980 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28981 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28987 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28990 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28991 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28995 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28996 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28997 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28999 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29001 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29002 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29004 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29007 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29011 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29012 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29016 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29021 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29024 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29026 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29029 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29031 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29032 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29034 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29039 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29041 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29042 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29043 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29044 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29045 forbidden in URL encoding.
29047 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29049 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29050 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29051 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29052 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29053 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29054 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29056 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29059 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29060 If optional variable X is t,
29061 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29063 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29065 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29066 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29067 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29069 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29071 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29072 View the current document's URL.
29073 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29076 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29078 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29082 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29083 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17817 13977))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29086 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29087 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29088 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29089 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29090 to refrain from editing the file
29091 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29092 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29093 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29094 in any way you like.
29096 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29098 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29099 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29100 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29101 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29102 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29104 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29105 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17817 14143))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29113 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29117 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29118 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29119 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29122 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29123 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29124 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29125 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29127 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29129 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29130 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29131 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29133 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29135 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29136 Uudecode region between START and END.
29137 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29139 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29143 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29144 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29145 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29146 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29147 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29148 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29149 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17778 49122))
29150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29152 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29153 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29156 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29158 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29159 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29160 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29162 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29164 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29165 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29168 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29170 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29171 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29173 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29175 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29176 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29178 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29181 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29182 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29183 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29184 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29185 somebody else, signal error.
29187 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29189 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29190 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29191 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29192 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29193 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29195 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29197 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29198 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29199 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29200 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29201 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29202 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29203 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29204 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29205 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29206 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29207 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29208 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29210 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29212 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29213 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29215 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29216 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29218 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29219 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29220 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29221 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29222 lock steals will raise an error.
29224 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29226 For RCS and SCCS files:
29227 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29229 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29230 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29231 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29232 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29233 it performs a revert.
29234 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29235 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29236 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29237 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29238 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29239 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29240 the option to steal the lock.
29243 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29244 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29245 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29246 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29247 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29248 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29249 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29250 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29251 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29253 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29255 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29256 Register the current file into a version control system.
29257 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29258 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29260 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29261 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29262 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29263 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29264 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29265 first backend that could register the file is used.
29267 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29269 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29270 Display diffs between file versions.
29271 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29272 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29273 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29274 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29275 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29278 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29280 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29281 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29282 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29283 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29287 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29288 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29289 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29290 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29294 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29295 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29296 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29297 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29298 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29299 from the current branch.
29301 See Info node `Merging'.
29305 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29307 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29308 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29310 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29312 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29313 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29315 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29317 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29318 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29319 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29320 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29321 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29322 are checked out in that new branch.
29324 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29326 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29327 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29328 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29329 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29330 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29331 allowed and simply skipped).
29333 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29335 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29336 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29337 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29339 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29341 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29342 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29343 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29344 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29345 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29349 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29350 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29351 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29352 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29353 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29354 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29358 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29359 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29360 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29362 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29364 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29365 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29366 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29367 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29368 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29369 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29370 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29372 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29374 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29375 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29376 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29377 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29378 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29379 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29380 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29381 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29382 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29384 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29386 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29387 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29389 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29391 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29392 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29393 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29396 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29398 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29399 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29400 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29402 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29403 log entries should be gathered.
29405 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29407 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29408 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29410 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29411 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29412 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29413 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29414 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29415 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29417 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29418 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29419 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29420 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29421 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29422 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29423 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29424 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29426 Customization variables:
29428 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29429 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29430 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29431 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29433 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17817 16875))
29438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29439 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29440 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29443 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29449 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29450 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29451 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29453 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29459 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29460 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29463 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29467 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29468 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29471 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29472 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29473 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29475 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29476 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29480 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29481 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29484 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29485 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29486 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29488 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29489 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29491 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29492 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29493 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29494 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17778 50479))
29499 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29500 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29501 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29502 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29505 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29506 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29507 (file-name-directory f)))
29509 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29511 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29515 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29519 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29520 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29525 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29526 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29527 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29528 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29529 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29530 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29531 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29532 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29533 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29535 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29536 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29537 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29538 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29540 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29541 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29542 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29543 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29544 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29546 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29547 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29551 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29552 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29553 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29557 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29558 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29559 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29560 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29562 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29563 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29564 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29565 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29566 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29570 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29571 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29572 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29573 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29575 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29576 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29577 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29578 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29579 beginning with \"std\").
29581 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29582 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29583 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29588 `--' puts a single comment.
29589 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29590 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29591 with a comment in between.
29592 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29593 out following lines.
29594 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29595 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29597 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29598 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29599 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29600 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29601 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29604 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29605 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29606 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29607 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29608 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29609 multi-line comments.
29613 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29614 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29615 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29616 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29618 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29619 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29620 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29621 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29623 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29624 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29627 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29628 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29632 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29633 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29634 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29635 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29636 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29637 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29638 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29639 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29641 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29642 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29643 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29644 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29645 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29648 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29649 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29650 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29652 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29653 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29657 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29658 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29659 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29660 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29661 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29662 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29665 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29666 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29667 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29668 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29671 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29675 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29676 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29677 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29678 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29679 internal signal initializations (menu).
29681 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29682 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29683 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29685 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29686 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29687 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29688 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29689 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29690 in subsequent paste operations.)
29692 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29693 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29694 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29697 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29698 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29699 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29700 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29701 association list with formals).
29704 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29705 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29706 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29707 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29708 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29709 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29710 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29711 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29716 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29720 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29724 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29725 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29726 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29728 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29729 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29732 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29733 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29734 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29735 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29737 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29738 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29739 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29741 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29742 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29743 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29744 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29746 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29747 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29748 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29749 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29750 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29752 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29753 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29754 required by secondary units.
29757 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29758 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29759 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29760 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29761 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29762 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29763 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29764 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29765 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29766 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29767 inputs to this component -> input port created
29768 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29769 outputs from this component -> output port created
29770 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29771 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29773 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29774 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29775 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29776 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29777 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29779 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29780 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29782 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29783 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29784 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29785 component instantiation is also supported (option
29786 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29788 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29789 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29790 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29791 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29792 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29793 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29794 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29795 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29796 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29797 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29798 | generating the configuration.
29800 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29801 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29802 | configurations in speedbar.
29804 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29807 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29808 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29809 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29810 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29811 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29812 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29813 information. New compilers can be added.
29815 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29816 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29819 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29820 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29821 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29822 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29823 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29825 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29828 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29829 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29830 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29832 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29833 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29834 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29835 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29836 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29837 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29838 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29841 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29842 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29843 not (yet) supported.
29844 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29845 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29846 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29850 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29851 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29852 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29853 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29854 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29855 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29856 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29857 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29859 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29860 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29861 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29862 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29863 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29864 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29865 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29866 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29867 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29868 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29869 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29873 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29874 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29875 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29876 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29877 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29878 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29879 current directory for VHDL source files.
29883 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29884 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29888 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29889 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29890 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29891 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29892 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29893 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29894 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29895 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29898 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29899 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29900 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29901 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29902 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29903 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29904 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29906 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29907 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29908 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29909 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29910 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29911 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29913 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29914 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29915 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29916 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29917 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29920 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29921 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29922 highlighted if written in lower case.
29924 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29925 highlighted using a different background color if option
29926 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29928 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29929 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29930 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29931 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29932 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29936 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29937 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29938 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29942 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29943 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29944 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29945 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29946 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29950 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29951 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29953 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29954 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29955 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29956 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29957 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29958 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29959 (used to obtain the port names).
29963 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29964 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29968 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29969 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29970 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29971 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29972 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29973 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29974 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29979 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29980 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29981 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29982 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29983 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29985 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29986 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29987 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29988 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29989 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29992 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29993 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29997 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29998 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29999 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30001 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30005 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30006 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30008 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30010 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30012 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30016 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30022 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30023 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30025 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30027 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30028 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30029 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30030 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30032 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30033 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30034 where the latest version can be found.
30040 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30041 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30042 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30045 The VHDL Mode Authors
30046 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30057 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17817 14136))
30058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30060 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30061 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30062 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30063 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30065 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30066 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30067 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30068 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30069 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30071 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30072 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30074 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30076 * Limitations and unsupported features
30077 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30079 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30080 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30083 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30084 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30085 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30086 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30087 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30088 for undoing a repeated change command.
30089 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30090 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30091 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30094 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30095 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30096 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30097 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30098 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30099 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30100 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30101 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30103 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30109 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30110 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30111 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30112 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17817 15478))
30113 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30115 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30116 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30118 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30120 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30121 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30122 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30123 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30125 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30127 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30128 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30132 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30133 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30134 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30135 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30137 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30139 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30140 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30144 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30147 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30149 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30152 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30156 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30157 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30158 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30162 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30163 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30164 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30165 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30169 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30170 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30171 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30172 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30173 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30174 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30175 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30177 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30181 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30182 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30183 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30184 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30185 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30186 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30187 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30188 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30190 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30194 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30195 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30196 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30197 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30198 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30199 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30200 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30201 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30203 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30207 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30208 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30209 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30210 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30211 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30212 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30213 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30215 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30217 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30218 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30219 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30221 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30224 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30238 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30240 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30241 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30242 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30243 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30244 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30245 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30246 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30247 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30249 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30251 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30252 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30253 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30255 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30257 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30258 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30259 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30261 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30262 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30263 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30266 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30267 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30268 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30269 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30270 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30272 H, h, ? This message.
30273 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30274 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30275 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30276 > move to the end of buffer.
30277 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30278 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30280 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30281 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30282 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30283 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30286 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30287 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30288 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30289 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30290 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30291 Use this to view a changing file.
30292 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30293 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30294 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30296 x exchanges point and mark.
30297 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30298 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30299 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30300 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30301 ' go to position saved in character register.
30302 s do forward incremental search.
30303 r do reverse incremental search.
30304 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30305 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30306 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30307 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30308 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30309 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30310 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30311 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30312 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30313 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30314 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30315 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30316 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30317 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30318 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30319 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30320 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30322 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30323 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30324 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30325 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30326 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30327 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30328 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30329 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30330 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30332 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30336 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30337 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30338 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30339 `view-return-to-alist'.
30340 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30341 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30342 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30344 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30345 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30346 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30347 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30348 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30350 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30351 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30352 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30353 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30355 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30357 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30359 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30361 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30362 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30368 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17817
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30372 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30373 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30377 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30378 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30384 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30385 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
30386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30388 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30389 Toggle Viper on/off.
30390 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30394 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30395 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30401 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30402 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30405 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30406 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30407 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30408 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30409 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30410 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30411 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30412 the beginning of the warning.")
30414 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30415 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30416 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30417 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30418 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30419 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30420 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30421 also call that function before the next warning.")
30423 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30424 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30426 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30427 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30428 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30429 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30431 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30432 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30433 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30434 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30435 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30436 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30438 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30439 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30440 Default is :warning.
30442 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30443 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30444 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30445 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30446 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30447 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30449 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30450 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30452 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30454 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30455 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30457 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30459 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30460 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30461 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30462 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30464 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30465 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30466 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30467 can be whatever you like.)
30469 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30470 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30472 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30473 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30474 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30475 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30476 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30478 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30480 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30481 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30482 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30483 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30484 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30486 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30490 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30491 ;;;;;; (17817 14148))
30492 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30494 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30495 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30496 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30497 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30498 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30507 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17817 14122))
30508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30510 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30511 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30513 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30516 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30523 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30524 ;;;;;; (17611 10401))
30525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30526 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30527 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30529 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30531 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30532 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30533 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30535 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30537 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30539 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30540 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30541 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30542 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30544 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30551 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30552 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30553 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30554 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30555 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30556 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
30557 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30559 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30560 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30564 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30565 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30569 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30570 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30574 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30575 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30579 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30580 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30584 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30585 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30587 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30588 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30589 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30590 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30591 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30593 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30595 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30596 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30598 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30600 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30601 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30605 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30606 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30607 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30608 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30609 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30613 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30614 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30618 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30620 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30621 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30622 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30625 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30627 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30629 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30630 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30631 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30633 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30634 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30638 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30639 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30640 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30646 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30647 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17817 13977))
30648 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30650 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30651 Browse the widget under point.
30655 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30656 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30658 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30660 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30661 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30663 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30665 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30666 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30667 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30673 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30674 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17778
30676 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30678 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30679 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30681 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30683 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30684 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30685 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30687 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30689 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30690 Create widget of TYPE.
30691 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30693 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30695 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30698 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30700 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30701 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30703 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30705 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30707 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30708 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30709 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30711 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30712 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30718 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30719 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17817
30721 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30723 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30724 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30725 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30726 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30727 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30728 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30729 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30733 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30734 Select the window above the current one.
30735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30736 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30737 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30738 negative ARG) of the current window.
30739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30743 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30744 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30745 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30746 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30747 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30748 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30749 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30753 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30754 Select the window below the current one.
30755 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30756 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30757 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30758 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30759 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30763 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30764 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30765 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30766 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30768 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30772 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30773 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30774 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30776 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30777 Toggle Winner mode.
30778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30779 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30781 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30783 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30784 Toggle Winner mode.
30785 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30791 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30792 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17817 16161))
30793 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30795 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30796 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30797 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30798 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30799 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30800 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30801 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30802 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30804 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30805 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30807 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30809 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30810 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30814 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30815 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30816 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30817 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30818 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30819 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30820 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30821 `woman' command for further details.
30823 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30827 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30828 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
30829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30831 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30832 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30835 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30836 are not implemented
30837 - Options for search and replace
30838 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30839 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30841 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30844 The key bindings are:
30854 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30856 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30857 C-l ws-repeat-search
30860 C-r scroll-down-line
30867 C-y kill-complete-line
30870 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30871 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30872 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30873 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30874 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30875 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30876 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30877 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30878 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30879 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30880 C-k b ws-begin-block
30881 C-k c ws-copy-block
30882 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30884 C-k h ws-show-markers
30885 C-k i ws-indent-block
30887 C-k p ws-print-block
30890 C-k s save-some-buffers
30892 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30893 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30894 C-k v ws-move-block
30895 C-k w ws-write-block
30897 C-k y ws-delete-block
30899 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30900 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30901 C-o j justify-current-line
30904 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30905 C-o r set-fill-column
30906 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30907 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30908 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30909 C-o wo other-window
30910 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30912 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30913 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30914 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30915 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30916 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30917 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30918 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30919 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30920 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30921 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30922 C-q a ws-query-replace
30923 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30924 C-q c end-of-buffer
30927 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30929 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30930 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30931 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30932 C-q w ws-last-error
30934 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30940 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30941 ;;;;;; (17611 9421))
30942 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30944 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30945 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30946 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30947 Returns the top node with all its children.
30948 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30949 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30951 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30953 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30954 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30955 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30956 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30957 is not well-formed XML.
30958 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30959 and returned as the first element of the list.
30960 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30962 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30966 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30968 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30970 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30972 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30974 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30976 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30978 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30980 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30981 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30982 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30984 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30985 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30986 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30987 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30988 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30989 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30995 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30996 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30999 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31000 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31004 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31005 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31011 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31012 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17817 14126))
31013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31015 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31016 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31018 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31020 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31021 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31023 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31025 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31026 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31027 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31029 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31031 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31032 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31038 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31041 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31042 Zone out, completely.
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/bg-mouse.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/linux.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "termdev.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17817 17746 543314))
31188 ;;; Local Variables:
31189 ;;; version-control: never
31190 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31191 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31193 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here